e10vk
Table of Contents

 
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form 10-K
(Mark One)
     
þ   Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008
or
     
o   Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
For the Transition Period from                      to                     
Commission File No. 001-34037
SUPERIOR ENERGY SERVICES, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
     
Delaware   75-2379388
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)   (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
     
601 Poydras, Suite 2400    
New Orleans, LA   70130
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)
     
Registrant’s telephone number:   (504) 587-7374
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
     
Title of each class:   Name of each exchange on which registered:
Common Stock, $.001 Par Value   New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ Noo
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer þ   Accelerated filer o  Non-accelerated filer o  Smaller reporting company o
        (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o No þ
The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant at June 30, 2008 based on the closing price on the New York Stock Exchange on that date was $4,274,260,000.
The number of shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding on February 19, 2009 was 78,045,787.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Certain information called for by Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 of Part III is incorporated by reference from the registrant’s definitive proxy statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A.
 
 

 


 

SUPERIOR ENERGY SERVICES, INC.
Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2008
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
       
 
       
    1  
    7  
    13  
    13  
    13  
    13  
    14  
 
       
       
 
       
    15  
    18  
    19  
    30  
    32  
    70  
    70  
    70  
 
       
       
 
       
    71  
    71  
    71  
    71  
    71  
 
       
       
 
       
    72  
 EX-10.12
 EX-10.21
 EX-10.22
 EX-10.23
 EX-10.26
 EX-10.27
 EX-21.1
 EX-23.1
 EX-23.2
 EX-31.1
 EX-31.2
 EX-32.1
 EX-32.2

(i)


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
We have included or incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and from time to time our management may make statements that may constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements are not historical facts but instead represent only our current belief regarding future events, many of which, by their nature, are inherently uncertain and outside our control. The forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report are based on information as of the date of this Annual Report. Many of these forward-looking statements relate to future industry trends, actions, future performance or results of current and anticipated initiatives and the outcome of contingencies and other uncertainties that may have a significant impact on our business, future operating results and liquidity. We try, whenever possible, to identify these statements by using words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “should,” “estimate,” “expect,” “plan,” “project” and similar expressions. We caution you that these statements are only predictions and are not guarantees of future performance. These forward-looking statements and our actual results, developments and business are subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results and events to differ materially from those anticipated by these statements. By identifying these statements for you in this manner, we are alerting you to the possibility that our actual results may differ, possibly materially, from the anticipated results indicated in these forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ from those in the forward-looking statements include, among others, those discussed below and under “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Part II, Item 7.
PART I
Item 1. Business
General
We believe we are a leading, highly diversified provider of specialized oilfield services and equipment. We focus on serving the drilling-related needs of oil and gas companies primarily through our rental tools segment, and the production-related needs of oil and gas companies through our well intervention, rental tools and marine segments. We believe that we are one of the few companies capable of providing the services and tools necessary to maintain, enhance and extend the life of producing wells, as well as plug and abandonment services at the end of their life cycle. Through our equity-method investments, we also own oil and gas properties in the Gulf of Mexico. We believe that our ability to provide our customers with multiple services and to coordinate and integrate their delivery, particularly offshore through the use of our liftboats, allows us to maximize efficiency, reduce lead time and provide cost effective solutions for our customers. We have expanded geographically so that we now have a significant presence in both select domestic land and international markets.
Operations
Our operations are organized into the following four business segments:
Well Intervention Services. We provide well intervention services that stimulate oil and gas production. Our well intervention services include coiled tubing, electric line, pumping and stimulation, gas lift, well control, snubbing, recompletion, engineering and well evaluation, offshore oil and gas tank and vessel cleaning, decommissioning, plug and abandonment and mechanical wireline. We believe we are the leading provider of mechanical wireline services in the Gulf of Mexico with approximately 139 offshore wireline units and 24 offshore electric line units. We also own and operate 68 land electric line units, 40 coiled tubing units, 10 dedicated liftboats configured specifically for wireline services. Additionally, we own 2 derrick barges each equipped with an 880 metric ton crane. We also manufacture and sell specialized drilling rig instrumentation equipment.
Rental Tools. We believe we are a leading provider of rental tools. We manufacture, sell and rent specialized equipment for use with offshore and onshore oil and gas well drilling, completion, production and workover activities. Through internal growth and acquisitions, we have increased the size and breadth of our rental tool inventory and geographic scope of operations so that we now conduct operations offshore in the Gulf of Mexico, onshore in the United States and in select international market areas. We currently have locations in all of the major

1


Table of Contents

staging points in Louisiana and Texas for oil and gas activities in the Gulf of Mexico, and in North Louisiana, Texas, Arkansas, Oklahoma, Colorado and Wyoming. Our rental tools segment also conducts operations in Venezuela, Trinidad, Mexico, Colombia, Brazil, Eastern Canada, the United Kingdom, Continental Europe, the Middle East, West Africa and the Asia Pacific region. Our rental tools include pressure control equipment, specialty tubular goods including drill pipe and landing strings, connecting iron, handling tools, stabilizers, drill collars, torquing tools and on-site accommodations.
Marine Services. We own and operate a fleet of liftboats that we believe is highly complementary to our well intervention services. A liftboat is a self-propelled, self-elevating work platform with legs, cranes and living accommodations. Our fleet consists of 38 liftboats, including 10 liftboats configured specifically for wireline services (included in our well intervention segment) and 28 in our rental fleet with leg lengths ranging from 145 feet to 250 feet. Our liftboat fleet has leg lengths and deck spaces that are suited to deliver our production-related bundled services and support customers in their construction, maintenance and other production enhancement projects. All of our liftboats are currently located in the Gulf of Mexico. We have contracted to construct four 265-foot liftboats, two of which are expected to be delivered in the first quarter of 2009.
Oil and Gas Operations. On March 14, 2008, we completed the sale of 75% of our interest in SPN Resources, LLC (SPN Resources). As part of this transaction, SPN Resources contributed an undivided 25% of its working interest in each of its oil and gas properties to a newly formed subsidiary and then sold all of its equity interest in the subsidiary. SPN Resources then effectively sold 66 2/3% of its outstanding membership interests. SPN Resources’ operations constituted substantially all of our oil and gas segment. Subsequent to the sale, we account for our remaining interest in SPN Resources using the equity-method within the oil and gas segment (see note 4 to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K).
Our equity-method investments, SPN Resources and Beryl Oil & Gas L.P. (BOG), provide us additional opportunities for our well intervention, decommissioning and platform management services. SPN Resources and BOG utilize our production-related assets and services to maintain, enhance and extend existing production of these properties. At the end of a property’s economic life, we offer services to plug and abandon the wells and decommission and abandon the facilities.
For additional industry segment financial information, see note 14 to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this
Form 10-K.
Customers
Our customers have primarily been the major and independent oil and gas companies. Sales to Chevron Corporation, BP p.l.c. and Apache Corporation each accounted for approximately 11% of our total revenue in 2008. Sales to Shell accounted for approximately 11% and 12% of our total revenue in 2007 and 2006, respectively. We do not believe that the loss of any one customer would have a material adverse effect on our revenues. However, our inability to continue to perform services for a number of our large existing customers, if not offset by sales to new or other existing customers, could have a material adverse effect on our business and operations.
Competition
We operate in highly competitive areas of the oilfield services industry. The products and services of each of our operating segments are sold in highly competitive markets, and our revenues and earnings can be affected by the following factors:
    changes in competitive prices;
 
    oil and gas prices and industry perceptions of future prices;
 
    fluctuations in the level of activity by oil and gas producers;
 
    changes in the number of liftboats operating in the Gulf of Mexico;
 
    the ability of oil and gas producers to generate capital;
 
    general economic conditions; and
 
    governmental regulation.

2


Table of Contents

We compete with the oil and gas industry’s largest integrated oilfield service providers in the production-related services provided by our well intervention segment. The rental tools divisions of these companies, as well as several smaller companies that are single source providers of rental tools, are our competitors in the rental tools market. In the marine services segment, we compete with other companies that provide liftboat services. We believe that the principal competitive factors in the market areas that we serve are price, product and service quality, safety record, equipment availability and technical proficiency.
Our operations may be adversely affected if our current competitors or new market entrants introduce products or services with better features, performance, prices or other characteristics than our products and services. Further, if our competitors construct additional liftboats, it could affect vessel utilization and resulting day rates. Competitive pressures or other factors also may result in significant price competition that could reduce our operating cash flow and earnings. In addition, competition among oilfield service and equipment providers is affected by each provider’s reputation for safety and quality. Although we believe that our reputation for safety and quality service is good, we cannot assure that we will be able to maintain our competitive position.
Potential Liabilities and Insurance
Our operations involve a high degree of operational risk, particularly of personal injury, damage or loss of equipment and environmental accidents. Failure or loss of our equipment could result in property damages, personal injury, environmental pollution and other damages for which we could be liable. Litigation arising from the sinking of a marine vessel or a catastrophic occurrence, such as a fire, explosion or well blowout at a location where our equipment and services are used may result in large claims for damages in the future. We maintain insurance against risks that we believe is consistent in types and amounts with industry standards and is required by our customers. Changes in the insurance industry in the past few years have led to higher insurance costs and deductibles as well as lower coverage limits, causing us to rely on self-insurance against many risks associated with our business. The availability of insurance covering risks we and our competitors typically insure against may continue to decrease forcing us to self-insure against more business risks, including the risks associated with hurricanes. The insurance that we are able to obtain may have higher deductibles, higher premiums, lower limits and more restrictive policy terms.
Health, Safety and Environmental Assurance
We have established health, safety and environmental performance as a corporate priority. Our goal is to be an industry leader in this area by focusing on the belief that all safety and environmental incidents are preventable and an injury-free workplace is achievable by emphasizing correct behavior. We have a company-wide effort to enhance our behavioral safety process and training program to make safety a constant area of focus through open communication with all of our offshore and yard employees. In addition, we investigate all incidents with a priority of identifying and implementing the corrective measures necessary to reduce the chance of reoccurrence.
Government Regulation
Our business is significantly affected by the following:
    federal and state laws and other regulations relating to the oil and gas industry;
 
    changes in such laws and regulations; and
 
    the level of enforcement thereof.
We cannot predict the level of enforcement of existing laws and regulations or how such laws and regulations may be interpreted by enforcement agencies or court rulings in the future. A decrease in the level of industry compliance with or enforcement of these laws and regulations in the future may adversely affect the demand for our services. We also cannot predict whether additional laws and regulations will be adopted, or the effect such changes may have on us, our businesses or our financial condition. The demand for our services from the oil and gas industry would be affected by changes in applicable laws and regulations. The adoption of new laws and regulations curtailing drilling for oil and gas in our operating areas for economic, environmental or other policy reasons could also adversely affect our operations by limiting demand for our services.

3


Table of Contents

Environmental Regulations
General. Our operations are subject to extensive federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the generation, storage, handling, emission, transportation and discharge of materials into the environment. Permits are required for the conduct of our business and operation of our various marine vessels. These permits can be revoked, modified or renewed by issuing authorities. Governmental authorities enforce compliance with their regulations through administrative or civil penalties, corrective action orders, injunctions or criminal prosecution. Although we believe that compliance with environmental regulations will not have a material adverse effect on us, risks of substantial costs and liabilities related to environmental compliance issues are part of our operations. No assurance can be given that significant costs and liabilities will not be incurred.
Federal laws and regulations applicable to our operations include those controlling the discharge of materials into the environment, requiring removal and cleanup of materials that may harm the environment, requiring consistency with applicable coastal zone management plans, or otherwise relating to the protection of the environment.
Our insurance policies provide liability coverage for sudden and accidental occurrences of pollution or clean-up and containment in amounts that we believe are comparable to policy limits carried by others in our industry.
Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act. OCSLA and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto impose a variety of regulations relating to safety and environmental protection applicable to lessees, permits and other parties operating on the Outer Continental Shelf. Specific design and operational standards may apply to Outer Continental Shelf vessels, rigs, platforms, vehicles and structures. Violations of lease conditions or regulations issued pursuant to OCSLA can result in substantial civil and criminal penalties as well as potential court injunctions curtailing operations and the cancellation of leases. Enforcement liabilities under OCSLA can result from either governmental or citizen prosecution. We believe that we substantially comply with OCSLA and its regulations.
Solid and Hazardous Waste. We lease numerous properties that have been used in connection with the production of oil and gas for many years. Although we believe we utilize operating and disposal practices that are standard in the industry, it is possible that hydrocarbons or other solid wastes may have been disposed of or released on or under the properties leased by us. Federal and state laws applicable to oil and gas wastes and properties continue to be stricter over time. Under these increasingly stringent requirements, we could be required to remove or remediate previously disposed wastes (including wastes disposed or released by prior owners and operators) or clean up property contamination (including groundwater contamination by prior owners or operators) or to perform plugging operations to prevent future contamination. We generate some hazardous wastes that are already subject to the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, or RCRA, and comparable state statutes. The Environmental Protection Agency, or EPA, has limited the disposal options for certain hazardous wastes. It is possible that certain wastes currently exempt from treatment as hazardous wastes may in the future be designated as hazardous wastes under RCRA or other applicable statutes. We could, therefore, be subject to more rigorous and costly disposal requirements in the future than we encounter today.
Superfund. The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, or CERCLA, also known as the “Superfund” law, imposes liability, without regard to fault or the legality of the original conduct, on certain persons with respect to the release of hazardous substances into the environment. These persons include the owner and operator of a site and any party that disposed of or arranged for the disposal of hazardous substances found at a site. CERCLA also authorizes the EPA, and in some cases, private parties, to undertake actions to clean up such hazardous substances, or to recover the costs of such actions from the responsible parties. In the course of business, we have generated and will continue to generate wastes that may fall within CERCLA’s definition of hazardous substances. We may also be an operator of sites on which hazardous substances have been released. As a result, we may be responsible under CERCLA for all or part of the costs to clean up sites where such wastes have been disposed.
Oil Pollution Act. The Federal Oil Pollution Act of 1990, or OPA, and resulting regulations impose a variety of obligations on responsible parties related to the prevention of oil spills and liability for damages resulting from such spills in waters of the United States. The term “waters of the United States” has been broadly defined to include inland water bodies, including wetlands and intermittent streams. OPA assigns liability to each responsible party for oil removal costs and a variety of public and private damages. We believe that we substantially comply with OPA and related federal regulations.

4


Table of Contents

Clean Water Act. The Federal Water Pollution Control Act, or Clean Water Act, and resulting regulations, which are implemented through a system of permits, also govern the discharge of certain contaminants into waters of the United States. Sanctions for failure to comply strictly with the Clean Water Act are generally resolved by payment of fines and correction of any identified deficiencies. However, regulatory agencies could require us to cease operation of our marine vessels that are the source of water discharges. We believe that we substantially comply with the Clean Water Act and related federal and state regulations.
Clean Air Act. Our operations are subject to local, state and federal laws and regulations to control emissions from sources of air pollution. Payment of fines and correction of any identified deficiencies generally resolve penalties for failure to comply strictly with air regulations or permits. Regulatory agencies could also require us to cease operation of certain marine vessels that are air emission sources. We believe that we substantially comply with the emission standards under local, state, and federal laws and regulations.
Maritime Employees
Certain of our employees who perform services on offshore platforms and liftboats are covered by the provisions of the Jones Act, the Death on the High Seas Act and general maritime law. These laws operate to make the liability limits established under state workers’ compensation laws inapplicable to these employees. Instead, these employees or their representatives are permitted to pursue actions against us for damages resulting from job related injuries, with generally no limitations on our potential liability.
Employees
As of January 31, 2009, we had approximately 5,000 employees. None of our employees is represented by a union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We believe that our relationship with our employees is good.
Facilities
Our principal executive offices are currently located at 601 Poydras Street, Suite 2400, New Orleans, Louisiana 70130. We own an operating facility on a 17-acre tract in Harvey, Louisiana, which we use to support our well intervention, marine and rental operations. Our other principal operating facility is located on a 32-acre tract in Broussard, Louisiana, which we use to support our rental tools and well intervention operations in the Gulf of Mexico. We support the operations conducted by our liftboats from a 3.5-acre maintenance and office facility in New Iberia, Louisiana. We also own certain facilities and lease other office, service and assembly facilities under various operating leases, including a 7-acre office and training facility located in Houston, Texas. We have a total of approximately 139 owned or leased operating facilities located throughout the world. We believe that all of our leases are at competitive or market rates and do not anticipate any difficulty in leasing suitable additional space as may be needed or extending terms when our current leases expire.

5


Table of Contents

Intellectual Property
We use several patented items in our operations that we believe are important, but not indispensable, to our operations. Although we anticipate seeking patent protection when possible, we rely to a greater extent on the technical expertise and know-how of our personnel to maintain our competitive position.
Other Information
We have our principal executive offices at 601 Poydras Street, Suite 2400, New Orleans, Louisiana 70130. Our telephone number is (504) 587-7374. We also have a website at http://www.superiorenergy.com. Copies of the

6


Table of Contents

annual, quarterly and current reports we file with the SEC, and any amendments to those reports, are available on our website free of charge soon after such reports are filed with or furnished to the SEC. The information posted on our website is not incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Alternatively, you may access these reports at the SEC’s internet website: http://www.sec.gov/ .
We have adopted a Code of Business Ethics and Conduct, which applies to all of our directors, officers and employees. The Code of Business Ethics and Conduct is publicly available on our website at http://www.superiorenergy.com. Any waivers to the Code of Business Ethics and Conduct by directors or executive officers and any material amendment to the Code of Business Ethics and Conduct will be posted promptly on our website and/or disclosed in a current report on Form 8-K.
Item 1A. Risk Factors
You should carefully consider the following factors in addition to the other information contained in this Annual Report. The risks described below are the material risks that we have identified. There are many factors that affect our business and the results of our operations, many of which are beyond our control. In addition, they may not be the only material risks that we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently view as immaterial may also impair our business operations. If any of these risks develop into actual events, it could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. If that occurred, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you could lose part or all of your investment.
Adverse macroeconomic and business conditions may significantly and negatively affect our results of operations.
Economic conditions in the United States and in foreign markets in which we operate could substantially affect our revenue and profitability. Economic activity in the United States and throughout the world has undergone a sudden, sharp downturn. Global credit and capital markets have experienced unprecedented volatility and disruption. Business credit and liquidity have tightened in much of the world. Some of our suppliers and customers are facing credit issues and could experience cash flow problems and other financial hardships.
Changes in governmental banking, monetary and fiscal policies to restore liquidity and increase credit availability may not be effective. It is difficult to determine the breadth and duration of the economic and financial market problems and the many ways in which they may affect our suppliers, customers and our business in general. Nonetheless, continuation or further worsening of these difficult financial and macroeconomic conditions could have a significant adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows.
Our access to borrowing capacity could be affected by the turmoil and uncertainty impacting credit markets generally.
As a result of current economic conditions, including turmoil and uncertainty in the capital markets, credit markets have tightened significantly such that the ability to obtain new capital has become more challenging and more expensive. In addition, several large financial institutions have either recently failed or been dependent on the assistance of the U.S. federal government to continue to operate as a going concern. Although we believe that the banks participating in our credit facility have adequate capital and resources, we can provide no assurance that all of these banks will continue to operate as a going concern in the future. If any of the banks in our lending group were to fail, it is possible that the borrowing capacity under our credit facility would be reduced. In the event that the availability under our credit facility was reduced significantly, we could be required to obtain capital from alternate sources in order to finance our capital needs. Our options for addressing such capital constraints would include, but not be limited to (1) obtaining commitments from the remaining banks in the lending group or from new banks to fund increased amounts under the terms of our credit facility, (2) accessing the public capital markets, or (3) delaying certain projects. If it became necessary to access additional capital, it is likely that any such alternatives in the current market would be on terms less favorable than under our existing credit facility terms, which could have a material effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

7


Table of Contents

We are subject to the cyclical nature of the oil and gas industry.
The sudden, sharp down turn in the global economy in 2008 has lead to rapid and significant declines in oil and natural gas prices as well as the number of rigs drilling. These conditions will most likely result in reductions in capital expenditures by our customers, project cancellations as project economics become unprofitable and shut-in oil and natural gas production. As long as these conditions prevail, we expect reduced pricing and utilization for our products and services, especially in North America where industry conditions are worsening more rapidly than other geographic markets.
Demand for the majority of our oilfield services is substantially dependent on the level of expenditures by the oil and gas industry. This level of activity has traditionally been volatile as a result of sensitivities to oil and gas prices and generally dependent on the industry’s view of future oil and gas prices. The purchases of the products and services we provide are, to a substantial extent, deferrable in the event oil and gas companies reduce expenditures. Therefore, the willingness of our customers to make expenditures is critical to our operations. Oil and gas prices have recently been very volatile and are affected by many factors, including the following:
    the level of worldwide oil and gas exploration and production;
 
    the cost of exploring for, producing and delivering oil and gas;
 
    demand for energy, which is affected by worldwide economic activity and population growth;
 
    the ability of the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries, or OPEC, to set and maintain production levels for oil;
 
    the discovery rate of new oil and gas reserves;
 
    political and economic uncertainty, socio-political unrest and regional instability or hostilities; and
 
    technological advances affecting energy exploration, production and consumption.
Although activity levels in production and development sectors of the oil and gas industry are less immediately affected by changing prices and as a result, less volatile than the exploration sector, producers generally react to declining oil and gas prices by reducing expenditures. This has in the past adversely affected and may in the future adversely affect our business. We are unable to predict future oil and gas prices or the level of oil and gas industry activity. A prolonged low level of activity in the oil and gas industry will adversely affect the demand for our products and services and our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Our industry is highly competitive.
We operate in highly competitive areas of the oilfield services industry. The products and services of each of our principal industry segments are sold in highly competitive markets, and our revenues and earnings may be affected by the following factors:
    changes in competitive prices;
 
    fluctuations in the level of activity in major markets;
 
    an increased number of liftboats in the Gulf of Mexico;
 
    general economic conditions; and
 
    governmental regulation.
We compete with the oil and gas industry’s largest integrated and independent oilfield service providers. We believe that the principal competitive factors in the market areas that we serve are price, product and service quality, safety record, equipment availability and technical proficiency.
Our operations may be adversely affected if our current competitors or new market entrants introduce new products or services with better features, performance, prices or other characteristics than our products and services. Further, additional liftboat capacity in the Gulf of Mexico would increase competition for that service. Competitive pressures or other factors also may result in significant price competition that could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. Finally, competition among oilfield service and equipment providers is also affected by each provider’s reputation for safety and quality. Although we believe that our reputation for safety and quality service is good, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to maintain our competitive position.
A significant portion of our revenue is derived from our non-United States operations, which exposes us to additional political, economic and other uncertainties.
Our non-United States revenues accounted for approximately 17%, 19% and 15% of our total revenues in 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively. Our international operations are subject to a number of risks inherent in any business operating in foreign countries including, but not limited to the following:
    political, social and economic instability;

8


Table of Contents

    potential seizure or nationalization of assets;
 
    increased operating costs;
 
    social unrest, acts of terrorism, war or other armed conflict;
 
    modification or renegotiating of contracts;
 
    import-export quotas;
 
    confiscatory taxation or other adverse tax policies;
 
    currency fluctuations;
 
    restrictions on the repatriation of funds; and
 
    other forms of government regulation which are beyond our control.
Additionally, our competitiveness in international market areas may be adversely affected by regulations, including, but not limited to, the following:
    the awarding of contracts to local contractors;
 
    the employment of local citizens; and
 
    the establishment of foreign subsidiaries with significant ownership positions reserved by the foreign government for local citizens.
The occurrence of any of the risks described above could adversely affect our results of operations and cash flows.
We are susceptible to adverse weather conditions in the Gulf of Mexico.
Certain areas in and near the Gulf of Mexico experience hurricanes and other extreme weather conditions on a relatively frequent basis. Substantially all of our assets offshore and along the Gulf of Mexico are susceptible to damage and/or total loss by these storms. Damage caused by high winds and turbulent seas could potentially cause us to curtail service operations for significant periods of time until damage can be assessed and repaired. Moreover, even if we do not experience direct damage from any of these storms, we may experience disruptions in our operations because customers may curtail their development activities due to damage to their platforms, pipelines and other related facilities.
Due to the losses as a consequence of the hurricanes that occurred in the Gulf of Mexico in recent years, we have not been able to obtain insurance coverage comparable with that of prior years, thus putting us at a greater risk of loss due to severe weather conditions. Any significant uninsured losses could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
We are vulnerable to the potential difficulties associated with rapid expansion.
We have grown rapidly over the last several years through internal growth and acquisitions of other companies. We believe that our future success depends on our ability to manage the rapid growth that we have experienced and the demands from increased responsibility on our management personnel. The following factors could present difficulties to us:
    lack of sufficient executive-level personnel;
 
    increased administrative burden; and
 
    increased logistical problems common to large, expansive operations.
If we do not manage these potential difficulties successfully, our operating results could be adversely affected.
We depend on key personnel.
Our success depends to a great degree on the abilities of our key management personnel, particularly our chief executive and operating officers and other high-ranking executives. The loss of the services of one or more of these key employees could adversely affect us.
We might be unable to employ a sufficient number of skilled workers.
The delivery of our products and services require personnel with specialized skills and experience. As a result, our ability to remain productive and profitable will depend upon our ability to employ and retain skilled workers. In

9


Table of Contents

addition, our ability to expand our operations depends in part on our ability to increase the size of our skilled labor force. The demand for skilled workers in our industry is high, and the supply is limited. In addition, although our employees are not covered by a collective bargaining agreement, the marine services industry has in the past been targeted by maritime labor unions in an effort to organize Gulf of Mexico employees. A significant increase in the wages paid by competing employers or the unionization of our Gulf of Mexico employees could result in a reduction of our skilled labor force, increases in the wage rates that we must pay or both. If either of these events were to occur, our capacity and profitability could be diminished and our growth potential could be impaired.
We depend on significant customers.
We derive a significant amount of our revenue from a small number of major and independent oil and gas companies. Chevron Corporation, BP p.l.c. and Apache Corporation each accounted for approximately 11% of our total revenues in 2008. Shell accounted for approximately 11% and 12% of our total revenue in 2007 and 2006, respectively. Our inability to continue to perform services for a number of our large existing customers, if not offset by sales to new or other existing customers could have a material adverse effect on our business and operations.
The terms of our contracts could expose us to unforeseen costs and costs not within our control.
Under fixed-price contracts, turnkey or modified turnkey contracts, we agree to perform the contract for a fixed-price or a defined scope of work and extra work, which is subject to customer approval, and is billed separately. As a result, we can improve our expected profit by superior contract performance, productivity, worker safety and other factors resulting in cost savings. However, we could incur cost overruns above the approved contract price, which may not be recoverable. Prices for these contracts are established based largely upon estimates and assumptions relating to project scope and specifications, personnel and material needs. These estimates and assumptions may prove inaccurate or conditions may change due to factors out of our control, resulting in cost overruns, which we may be required to absorb and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of our operations. In addition, our profits from these contracts could decrease and we could experience losses if we incur difficulties in performing the contracts or are unable to secure suitable commitments from our subcontractors and other suppliers. Many of these contracts require us to satisfy specified progress milestones or performance standards in order to receive a payment. Under these types of arrangements, we may incur significant costs for equipment, labor and supplies prior to receipt of payment. If the customer fails or refuses to pay us for any reason, there is no assurance we will be able to collect amounts due to us for costs previously incurred. In some cases, we may find it necessary to terminate subcontracts and we may incur costs or penalties for canceling our commitments to them. If we are unable to collect amounts owed to us under these contracts, we may be required to record a charge against previously recognized earnings related to the project, and our liquidity, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.
Percentage-of-completion accounting for contract revenue may result in material adjustments.
In 2008, a significant portion of our revenue was recognized using the percentage-of-completion method of accounting. The percentage-of-completion accounting practices that we use result in our recognizing contract revenue and earnings ratably over the contract term based on the proportion of actual costs incurred to our estimated total contract costs. The earnings or losses recognized on individual contracts are based on estimates of contract revenue and costs. We review our estimates of contract revenue, costs and profitability on a monthly basis. Prior to contract completion, we may adjust our estimates on one or more occasions as a result of changes in cost estimates, change orders to the original contract, collection disputes with the customer on amounts invoiced or claims against the customer for extra work or increased cost due to customer-induced delays and other factors. Contract losses are recognized in the fiscal period in which the loss is determined. Contract profit estimates are also adjusted in the fiscal period in which it is determined that an adjustment is required. No restatements are made to prior periods for changes in these estimates. As a result of the requirements of the percentage-of-completion method of accounting, the possibility exists, for example, that we could have estimated and reported a profit on a contract over several prior periods and later determine that all or a portion of such previously estimated and reported profits were overstated or understated. If this occurs, the cumulative impact of the change will be reported in the period in which such determination is made, thereby eliminating all or a portion of any profits related to long-term contracts that would have otherwise been reported in such period or even resulting in a loss being reported for such period.

10


Table of Contents

The dangers inherent in our operations and the limits on insurance coverage could expose us to potentially significant liability costs and materially interfere with the performance of our operations.
Our operations are subject to numerous operating risks inherent in the oil and gas industry that could result in substantial losses. These risks include the following:
    fires;
 
    explosions, blowouts and cratering;
 
    hurricanes and other extreme weather conditions;
 
    mechanical problems, including pipe failure;
 
    abnormally pressured formations; and
 
    environmental accidents, including oil spills, gas leaks or ruptures, uncontrollable flows of oil, gas, brine or well fluids, or other discharges of toxic gases or other pollutants.
Our liftboats and derrick barges are also subject to operating risks such as catastrophic marine disasters, adverse weather conditions, collisions and navigation errors.
The occurrence of these risks could result in substantial losses due to personal injury, loss of life, damage to or destruction of wells, production facilities or other property or equipment, or damages to the environment. In addition, certain of our employees who perform services on offshore platforms and marine vessels are covered by provisions of the Jones Act, the Death on the High Seas Act and general maritime law. These laws make the liability limits established by federal and state workers’ compensation laws inapplicable to these employees and instead permit them or their representatives to pursue actions against us for damages for job-related injuries. In such actions, there is generally no limitation on our potential liability.
Any litigation arising from a catastrophic occurrence involving our services or equipment could result in large claims for damages. The frequency and severity of such incidents affect our operating costs, insurability and relationships with customers, employees and regulators. Any increase in the frequency or severity of such incidents, or the general level of compensation awards with respect to such incidents, could affect our ability to obtain projects from oil and gas companies or insurance. We maintain several types of insurance to cover liabilities arising from our services, including onshore and offshore non-marine operations, as well as marine vessel operations. These policies include primary and excess umbrella liability policies with limits of $100 million dollars per occurrence, including sudden and accidental pollution incidents. We also maintain property insurance on our physical assets, including marine vessels and operating equipment. Successful claims for which we are not fully insured may adversely affect our working capital and profitability.
The cost of many of the types of insurance coverage maintained by us has increased significantly during recent years and resulted in the retention of additional risk by us, primarily through higher insurance deductibles. Very few insurance underwriters offer certain types of insurance coverage maintained by us, and there can be no assurance that any particular type of insurance coverage will continue to be available in the future, that we will not accept retention of additional risk through higher insurance deductibles or otherwise, or that we will be able to purchase our desired level of insurance coverage at commercially feasible rates. Further, due to the losses as a result of hurricanes that occurred in the Gulf of Mexico in recent years, we were not be able to obtain insurance coverage comparable with that of prior years, thus putting us at a greater risk of loss due to severe weather conditions. In addition, costs have significantly increased for windstorm or hurricane coverage which also imposes higher deductibles and limits maximum aggregate recoveries. Any significant uninsured losses could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
The occurrence of any of these risks could also subject us to clean-up obligations, regulatory investigation, penalties or suspension of operations. Further, our operations may be materially curtailed, delayed or canceled as a result of numerous factors, including the following:
    the presence of unanticipated pressure or irregularities in formations;
 
    equipment failures or accidents;
 
    adverse weather conditions;
 
    compliance with governmental requirements; and
 
    shortages or delays in obtaining equipment or in the delivery of equipment and services.

11


Table of Contents

Our inability to control the inherent risks of acquiring businesses could adversely affect our operations.
Acquisitions have been and we believe will continue to be a key element of our business strategy. We cannot assure you that we will be able to identify and acquire acceptable acquisition candidates on terms favorable to us in the future. We may be required to incur substantial indebtedness to finance future acquisitions. Such additional debt service requirements may impose a significant burden on our results of operations and financial condition. We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully consolidate the operations and assets of any acquired business with our own business. Acquisitions may not perform as expected when the acquisition was made and may be dilutive to our overall operating results. In addition, our management may not be able to effectively manage our increased size or operate a new line of business.
The nature of our industry subjects us to compliance with regulatory and environmental laws.
Our business is significantly affected by a wide range of local, state and federal statutes, rules, orders and regulations relating to the oil and gas industry in general, and more specifically with respect to the environment, health and safety, waste management and the manufacture, storage, handling and transportation of hazardous wastes. The failure to comply with these rules and regulations can result in the revocation of permits, corrective action orders, administrative or civil penalties and criminal prosecution. Further, laws and regulations in this area are complex and change frequently. Changes in laws or regulations, or their enforcement, could subject us to material costs.
Our operations are also subject to certain requirements under OPA. Under OPA and its implementing regulations, “responsible parties,” including owners and operators of certain vessels, are strictly liable for damages resulting from spills of oil and other related substances in the United States waters, subject to certain limitations. OPA also requires a responsible party to submit proof of its financial ability to cover environmental cleanup and restoration costs that could be incurred in connection with an oil spill. Further, OPA imposes other requirements, such as the preparation of oil spill response plans. In the event of a substantial oil spill, we could be required to expend potentially significant amounts of capital which could have a material adverse effect on our future operations and financial results.
We have compliance costs and potential environmental liabilities with respect to our offshore and onshore operations, including our environmental cleaning services. Certain environmental laws provide for joint and several liabilities for remediation of spills and releases of hazardous substances. These environmental statutes may impose liability without regard to negligence or fault. In addition, we may be subject to claims alleging personal injury or property damage as a result of alleged exposure to hazardous substances. We believe that our present operations substantially comply with applicable federal and state pollution control and environmental protection laws and regulations. We also believe that compliance with such laws has not had a material adverse effect on our operations. However, we are unable to predict whether environmental laws and regulations will have a material adverse effect on our future operations and financial results. Sanctions for noncompliance may include revocation of permits, corrective action orders, administrative or civil penalties and criminal prosecution.
Federal, state and local statutes and regulations require permits for plugging and abandonment and reports concerning operations. A decrease in the level of enforcement of such laws and regulations in the future would adversely affect the demand for our services and products. In addition, demand for our services is affected by changing taxes, price controls and other laws and regulations relating to the oil and gas industry generally. The adoption of laws and regulations curtailing exploration and development drilling for oil and gas in our areas of operations for economic, environmental or other policy reasons could also adversely affect our operations by limiting demand for our services.
The regulatory burden on our business increases our costs and, consequently, affects our profitability. We are unable to predict the level of enforcement of existing laws and regulations, how such laws and regulations may be interpreted by enforcement agencies or court rulings, or whether additional laws and regulations will be adopted. We are also unable to predict the effect that any such events may have on us, our business, or our financial condition.

12


Table of Contents

A terrorist attack or armed conflict could harm our business.
Terrorist activities, anti-terrorist efforts and other armed conflict may adversely affect the United States and global economies and could prevent us from meeting our financial and other obligations. If any of these events occur, the resulting political instability and societal disruption could reduce overall demand for oil and natural gas, potentially putting downward pressure on demand for our services and causing a reduction in our revenues. Oil and gas related facilities could be direct targets of terrorist attacks, and our operations could be adversely impacted if infrastructure integral to customers’ operations is destroyed or damaged. Costs for insurance and other security may increase as a result of these threats, and some insurance coverage may become more difficult to obtain, if available at all.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
None.
Item 2. Properties
Information on properties is contained in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-K and in note 13 to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
We are involved in various legal and other proceedings that are incidental to the conduct of our business. We do not believe that any of these proceedings, if adversely determined, would have a material adverse affect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
None.

13


Table of Contents

Item 4A. Executive Officers of Registrant
Terence E. Hall, age 63, has served as our Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer and as a Director since December 1995. From December 1995 to November 2004, Mr. Hall also served as our President. In December 2008, Mr. Hall was appointed to the Board of Directors of Whitney National Bank.
Kenneth L. Blanchard, age 59, has served as our President since November 2004, and as our Chief Operating Officer since June 2002. Mr. Blanchard also served as one of our Executive Vice Presidents from December 1995 to November 2004.
Robert S. Taylor, age 54, has served as our Chief Financial Officer since January 1996, as one of our Executive Vice Presidents since September 2004, and as our Treasurer since July 1999. He also served as one of our Vice Presidents from July 1999 to September 2004.
A. Patrick Bernard, age 51, has served as our Senior Executive Vice President of Operations since July 2006 and as one of our Executive Vice Presidents since September 2004. He served as one of our Vice Presidents from June 2003 until September 2004. From July 1999 until June 2003, Mr. Bernard served as the Chief Financial Officer of our wholly-owned subsidiary International Snubbing Services, L.L.C. and its predecessor company.
L. Guy Cook, III, age 40, has served as one of our Executive Vice Presidents since September 2004. He has also served as an Executive Vice President of our wholly-owned subsidiary Superior Energy Services, L.L.C. since May 2006, and previously as a Vice President of this subsidiary and its predecessor company since August 2000. He served as our Director of Investor Relations from April 1997 to February 2000 and was also responsible for integrating our acquisitions during that time.
Charles M. Hardy, age 63, has served as one of our Executive Vice Presidents since January 2008. He has also served as Vice President and General Manager of our Marine Services division since May 2005, and previously as Vice President of Sales for this same division since August 2004. From July 2000 to July 2004, Mr. Hardy served as Vice President of Operations of Trico Marine Operators, Inc.
James A. Holleman, age 51, has served as one of our Executive Vice Presidents since September 2004. He served as one of our Vice Presidents from July 1999 to September 2004. Mr. Holleman has served as an Executive Vice President since May 2006, and previously as a Vice President since July 1999 of Superior Energy Services, L.L.C. From 1994 until July 1999, he served as the Chief Operating Officer of Cardinal Services, Inc., which we acquired in July 1999 and is the predecessor to Superior Energy Services, L.L.C.
William B. Masters, age 51, was appointed as our General Counsel and one of our Executive Vice Presidents in March 2008. He was previously a partner in the law firm Jones, Walker, Waechter, Poitevent, Carrère & Denègre L.L.P. for more than 20 years.
Danny R. Young, age 53, has served as one of our Executive Vice Presidents since September 2004. Since May 2006, Mr. Young has served as an Executive Vice President of Superior Energy Services, L.L.C. From January 2002 to May 2005, he served as Vice President of Health, Safety and Environment and Corporate Services of Superior Energy Services, L.L.C.
Patrick J. Zuber, age 48, has served as one of our Executive Vice Presidents since January 2008. Prior to joining us, he was employed with Weatherford International, Ltd. from June 1999 to December 2007, most recently serving as Vice President for the Middle East region since January 2007. From September 2005 to December 2007, Mr. Zuber served as Vice President for the Asia Pacific region. From March 2002 to August 2005, he served as General Manager for the Underbalanced Drilling Division for the Middle East and North Africa region.

14


Table of Contents

PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Common Stock Information
Our common stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “SPN.” The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices per share of common stock as reported for each fiscal quarter during the periods indicated.
                 
    High   Low
2007
               
First Quarter
  $ 36.15     $ 28.20  
Second Quarter
    41.78       34.35  
Third Quarter
    41.92       34.25  
Fourth Quarter
    37.95       31.57  
 
               
2008
               
First Quarter
  $ 45.14     $ 34.90  
Second Quarter
    57.25       40.04  
Third Quarter
    54.42       29.95  
Fourth Quarter
    30.28       11.64  
As of February 19, 2009, there were 78,045,787, shares of our common stock outstanding, which were held by 187 record holders.
Dividend Information
We have never paid any cash dividends on our common stock. We currently expect to retain all of the cash our business generates to fund the operation and expansion of our business and repurchase stock.
Equity Compensation Plan Information
Information required by this item with respect to compensation plans under which our equity securities are authorized for issuance is incorporated by reference from Part III, Item 12.

15


Table of Contents

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
During 2008, we repurchased 3,717,000 shares of our common stock at an average price of $27.92 per share, as part of our $350 million share repurchase program that will expire on December 31, 2009. The following table provides information about our common stock repurchased and retired during each month for the fourth quarter of the year ended December 31, 2008 in connection with our $350 million share repurchase program:
                                 
                            Approximate  
                    Total Number of     Dollar Value of  
                    Shares     Shares that May  
    Total Number of             Purchased as     Yet be  
    Shares     Average Price     Part of Publicly     Purchased  
Period   Purchased     Paid per Share     Announced Plan     Under the Plan  
October 1 - 31, 2008
    1,947,000     $ 20.33       1,947,000     $ 212,400,000  
November 1 - 30, 2008
        $           $ 212,400,000  
December 1 - 31, 2008
        $           $ 212,400,000  
 
                               
January 1, 2008 through December 31, 2008
    3,717,000     $ 27.92       3,717,000     $ 212,400,000  
 
                       
Performance Graph
The following performance graph and related information shall not be deemed “solicitating material” or “filed” with the Securities and Exchange Commission, nor shall such information be incorporated by reference into any future filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except to the extent that we specifically incorporate it by reference into such filing.
The following graph compares the total stockholder return on our common stock for the last five years with the total return on the S&P 500 Stock Index and a Self-Determined Peer Group for the same period. The information in the graph is based on the assumption of a $100 investment on January 1, 2004 at closing prices on December 31, 2003.

16


Table of Contents

The comparisons in the graph are required by the Securities and Exchange Commission and are not intended to be a forecast or be indicative of possible future performance of our common stock.
(LINE GRAPH)
                                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2004     2005     2006     2007     2008  
Superior Energy Services, Inc.
  $ 164     $ 224     $ 348     $ 366     $ 169  
S&P 500 Stock Index
  $ 111     $ 116     $ 135     $ 142     $ 90  
Peer Group
  $ 133     $ 203     $ 210     $ 284     $ 110  
NOTES:
    The lines represent monthly index levels derived from compounded daily returns that include all dividends.
 
    The indexes are reweighted daily, using the market capitalization on the previous trading day.
 
    If the monthly interval, based on the fiscal year-end, is not a trading day, the preceding trading day is used.
 
    The index level for all series was set to $100.00 on December 31, 2003.
Our Self-Determined Peer Group consists of the same peer group of eleven companies whose average stockholder return levels comprise part of the performance criteria established by the Compensation Committee under our long-term incentive compensation program: BJ Services Company, Helix Energy Solutions Group, Inc., Helmerich & Payne, Inc., Oceaneering International, Inc., Oil States International, Inc., Pride International, Inc., RPC, Inc., Seacor Holdings Inc., Smith International, Inc., Tetra Technologies, Inc., and Weatherford International, Ltd.

17


Table of Contents

Item 6. Selected Financial Data
We present below our selected consolidated financial data for the periods indicated. We derived the historical data from our audited consolidated financial statements.
The data presented below should be read together with, and are qualified in their entirety by reference to, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report. The financial data is in thousands, except per share amounts.
                                         
    Years Ended December 31,
    2008   2007   2006   2005   2004
Revenues
  $ 1,881,124     $ 1,572,467     $ 1,093,821     $ 735,334     $ 564,339  
Income from operations
    565,692       465,838       316,889       125,603       76,289  
Net income
    361,722       281,120       188,241       67,859       35,852  
Net income per share:
                                       
Basic
    4.52       3.47       2.36       0.87       0.48  
Diluted
    4.45       3.41       2.32       0.85       0.47  
Total assets
    2,491,633       2,257,249       1,874,478       1,097,250       1,003,913  
Long-term debt, net
    710,830       711,151       711,505       216,596       244,906  
Decommissioning liabilities, less current portion
          88,158       87,046       107,641       90,430  
Stockholders’ equity
    1,219,533       980,679       710,688       524,374       433,879  

18


Table of Contents

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and applicable notes to our consolidated financial statements and other information included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including risk factors disclosed in Part I, Item 1A. The following information contains forward-looking statements, which are subject to risks and uncertainties. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, our actual results may differ from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. See “Forward-Looking Statements” at the beginning of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Executive Summary
We believe we are a leading provider of oilfield services and equipment focused on serving the drilling-related needs of oil and gas companies primarily through our rental tools segment, and the production-related needs of oil and gas companies through our well intervention, rental tools and marine segments. In recent years, we have expanded geographically into select domestic land and international market areas. Through our equity-method investments, we also own oil and gas properties in the Gulf of Mexico.
The financial performance of our various products and services are reported in four different segments – well intervention, rental tools, marine and oil and gas.
Overview of our business segments
The well intervention segment consists of specialized down-hole services, which are both labor and equipment intensive. We offer a wide variety of services used to maintain, enhance and extend oil and gas production from mature wells. In 2008, approximately 56% of this segment’s revenue was derived from work performed for customers in the Gulf of Mexico market area, while approximately 30% of segment revenue was from the domestic land market area and approximately 14% of segment revenue was from international market areas. While our income from operations as a percentage of segment revenue tends to be fairly consistent, special projects such as well control can directly increase our profitability.
The rental tools segment is capital intensive with higher operating margins as a result of relatively low operating expenses. The largest fixed cost is depreciation as there is little labor associated with our rental tools businesses. The financial performance primarily is a function of changes in volume rather than pricing. In 2008, approximately 36% of segment revenue was derived from the Gulf of Mexico market area, while approximately 34% of segment revenue was from the domestic land market area and approximately 30% of segment revenue was from international market areas. Three rental products and their ancillary equipment – accommodations, drill pipe and stabilization tools – each account for more than 20% of this segment’s revenue in 2008.
The marine segment is comprised of our 28 rental liftboats. Operating costs of our liftboats are relatively fixed, and therefore, income from operations as percentage of revenue can vary significantly from quarter to quarter and year to year based on changes in dayrates and utilization levels. With all of our liftboats currently operating in the Gulf of Mexico, our activity levels can be impacted by harsh weather, especially tropical systems that occur during hurricane season.
On March 14, 2008, we completed the sale of 75% of our interest in SPN Resources. SPN Resources’ operations constituted substantially all of our oil and gas segment. Subsequent to the sale, we account for our remaining interest in SPN Resources using the equity-method (see note 4 to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K).
Market drivers and conditions
The oil and gas industry remains highly cyclical and seasonal. Activity levels are driven primarily by traditional energy industry activity indicators, which include current and expected commodity prices, drilling rig counts, well completions and workover activity, geological characteristics of producing wells which determine the number of services required per well, oil and gas production levels, and customers’ spending allocated for drilling and production work, which is reflected in our customers’ operating expenses or capital expenditures.

19


Table of Contents

Historical market indicators are listed below:
                                         
            %           %    
    2008   Change   2007   Change   2006
Worldwide Rig Count (1)
                                       
U.S.
    1,879       6 %     1,768       7 %     1,648  
 
                                       
International (2)
    1,079       7 %     1,005       9 %     925  
Commodity Prices (average)
                                       
Crude Oil (West Texas Intermediate)
  $ 99.73       38 %   $ 72.19       9 %   $ 66.43  
Natural Gas (Henry Hub)
  $ 9.04       4 %   $ 8.67       21 %   $ 7.17  
 
(1)   Estimate of drilling activity as measured by average active drilling rigs based on Baker Hughes Inc. rig count information.
 
(2)   Excludes Canada Rig Count.
Although the average price of West Texas Intermediate crude oil increased 38% over 2007 to $99.73 per barrel, on February 23, 2009, the price was under $40.00 per barrel, indicative of the rapid decline in demand for oil as a result of the global recession. A similar decrease has also occurred in natural gas prices in the United States. This has also lead to a precipitous decline in the drilling rig count. Since peaking at 2,031 average rigs working during the third quarter of 2008, the average number of drilling rigs working in the United States has dropped more than 35% to 1,300 by the end of February 2009. The downturn in industry fundamentals, which also includes announced reductions in capital expenditures by our customers, will reduce demand for our products and services, especially in North America where industry conditions are worsening more rapidly than other geographic markets. In addition to lower utilization of our equipment, we would expect our customers to seek price reductions for our products and services.
Factors impacting our 2008 financial performance
Several factors contributed to our financial performance in 2008. First, we continued to execute our long-term growth strategy of expanding geographically in an effort to reduce our dependency on a single geographic region, especially the Gulf of Mexico. As evidence of our successful execution of the diversification strategy, our non-Gulf of Mexico revenue was the highest in the Company’s history at approximately $857 million as compared with approximately $803 million in 2007. Second, we experienced a significant increase in revenue and income from operations from the Gulf of Mexico market – primarily in the well intervention segment – due to our performance on a large-scale platform decommissioning project, which commenced during the first quarter of 2008 and accounted for an approximate 53% increase in this segment’s revenue for 2008. We currently estimate this work will be completed in the first half of 2010. Third, average oil and natural gas prices increased over 2007 averages, which positively impacted customer spending on drilling and production-related projects. Fourth, the average number of rigs drilling for oil and natural gas in domestic and international market areas increased 7% over 2007, which directly impacts demand for most of our rental tools and serves as a proxy for customer spending and activity levels on well intervention services. Fifth, activity levels in the Gulf of Mexico were curtailed during the last four months of the year for some well intervention services as a result of Hurricanes Gustav and Ike. Both hurricanes resulted in downtime throughout our company in the days following the storms. However, demand for certain production-related services was curtailed for an extended period as customers focused their resources on assessing damage to their platforms and pipelines, and restoring production. Sixth, our income from operations as a percentage of revenue decreased primarily due to the March 2008 sale of 75% of our interest in SPN Resources, our oil and gas production subsidiary which contributed strong profitability in 2007 as a result of high commodity prices.
Geographically, our largest increase in revenue was from the Gulf of Mexico market area, which increased 33% over 2007 to $1,025 million – or 55% of total revenue – due primarily to the aforementioned large-scale platform decommissioning project. Revenue from our domestic land market operations increased 7% over 2007 to approximately $540 million. This was primarily due to increased activity levels and capital expenditures. International revenue was approximately $317 million, or 17% of total revenue. The primary reasons for the increase were further expansion of our rental tools segment in South America and contributions from a small acquisition in the well intervention segment in Europe. This growth was partially offset by reduced demand for

20


Table of Contents

rental tools in the North Sea, repositioning of a derrick barge from the Asia Pacific market to the Gulf of Mexico and the successful completion of a derrick barge construction project for an Asia Pacific customer early in 2008.
Industry Outlook
The strong industry conditions that prevailed in 2008 have declined in early 2009 and are expected to worsen throughout the year. The global credit crisis which was a catalyst for an economic recession in the United States as well as in other countries has sharply curtailed demand for oil and natural gas, especially demand from industrial users. In addition, the inability to access capital by industrial users of oil and natural gas and by exploration and production companies seeking to fund exploration and development projects has contributed to the decrease in hydrocarbon demand. The confluence of events has created sharp decreases in oil and natural gas prices and the number of rigs drilling for oil and natural gas – especially in North America – since the end of 2008.
Many industry observers believe the long-term demand fundamentals of the energy sector remain in place – increasing demand for hydrocarbons from emerging countries coupled with challenges in meaningfully increasing supply due to high rates of depletion from new oil and natural gas reservoirs, an aging infrastructure to adequately meet new supply challenges and a lack of economically viable sources of alternative energy. However, in the short-term, demand for oilfield services – particularly demand in North America – will continue to come under pressure. Lower commodity prices will make certain projects uneconomical, further reduce demand for drilling and potentially shut-in oil and gas production. These conditions will negatively impact demand for our products and services, resulting in lower prices and utilization.
In response to these uncertain times, we are taking steps to ensure we are prepared for near-term market conditions while maintaining our growth strategy. We believe we can reduce headcount through natural attrition without making large-scale reductions in our workforce. Where possible, we will move assets to other markets, consolidate facilities and reduce operating costs.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements contains a description of the accounting policies used in the preparation of our financial statements. We evaluate our estimates on an ongoing basis, including those related to long-lived assets and goodwill, income taxes, allowance for doubtful accounts, long-term construction accounting and self-insurance. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. Actual amounts could differ significantly from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions.
We define a critical accounting policy or estimate as one that is both important to our financial condition and results of operations and requires us to make difficult, subjective or complex judgments or estimates about matters that are uncertain. We believe that the following are the critical accounting policies and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. In addition, there are other items within our consolidated financial statements that require estimates but are not deemed critical as defined in this paragraph.
Long-Lived Assets. We review long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of any such asset may not be recoverable. We record impairment losses on long-lived assets used in operations when the estimated cash flows to be generated by those assets are less than the carrying amount of those items. Our cash flow estimates are based upon, among other things, historical results adjusted to reflect our best estimate of future market rates, utilization levels and operating performance. Our estimates of cash flows may differ from actual cash flows due to, among other things, changes in economic conditions or changes in an asset’s operating performance. Assets are grouped by subsidiary or division for the impairment testing, except for liftboats, which are grouped together by leg length. These groupings represent the lowest level of identifiable cash flows. The Company has long-lived assets, such as facilities, utilized by multiple operating divisions that do not have identifiable cash flows. Impairment testing for these long-lived assets is based

21


Table of Contents

on the consolidated entity. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less estimated costs to sell. If the sum of the cash flows is less than the carrying value, we recognize an impairment loss, measured as the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the asset. The net carrying value of assets not fully recoverable is reduced to fair value. Our estimate of fair value represents our best estimate based on industry trends and reference to market transactions and is subject to variability. The oil and gas industry is cyclical and our estimates of the period over which future cash flows will be generated, as well as the predictability of these cash flows, can have a significant impact on the carrying value of these assets and, in periods of prolonged down cycles, may result in impairment charges.
Goodwill. In assessing the recoverability of goodwill, we must make assumptions regarding estimated future cash flows and other factors to determine the fair value of the respective assets. We test goodwill for impairment in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142 (FAS No. 142), “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” FAS No. 142 requires that goodwill as well as other intangible assets with indefinite lives not be amortized, but instead tested annually for impairment. Our annual testing of goodwill is based on our estimate of fair value and carrying value at December 31. We estimate the fair value of each of our reporting units (which are consistent with our business segments) using various cash flow and earnings projections discounted at a rate estimated to approximate the reporting units’ weighted average cost of capital. We then compare these fair value estimates to the carrying value of our reporting units. If the fair value of the reporting units exceeds the carrying amount, no impairment loss is recognized. Our estimates of the fair value of these reporting units represent our best estimates based on industry trends and reference to market transactions. A significant amount of judgment is involved in performing these evaluations since the results are based on estimated future events.
Based on business conditions and market values that existed at December 31, 2008, we concluded that no impairment loss were required. However, the market value of our common stock continues to be depressed and we continue to experience difficult economic environments and significant competition in most of our markets. If, among other factors, (1) our equity value remains depressed or declines further, (2) the fair value of our reporting units decline, or (3) the adverse impacts of economic or competitive factors are worse than anticipated, we could conclude in future periods that impairment losses are required in order to reduce the carrying value of our goodwill, and, to a lesser extent, long-lived assets. Depending on the severity of the changes in the key factors underlying the valuation of our reporting units, such losses could be significant.
Income Taxes. We provide for income taxes in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109 (FAS No. 109), “Accounting for Income Taxes.” This standard takes into account the differences between financial statement treatment and tax treatment of certain transactions. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Our deferred tax calculation requires us to make certain estimates about our future operations. Changes in state, federal and foreign tax laws, as well as changes in our financial condition or the carrying value of existing assets and liabilities, could affect these estimates. The effect of a change in tax rates is recognized as income or expense in the period that the rate is enacted.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of some of our customers to make required payments. These estimated allowances are periodically reviewed, on a case by case basis, analyzing the customer’s payment history and information regarding customer’s creditworthiness known to us. In addition, we record a reserve based on the size and age of all receivable balances against those balances that do not have specific reserves. If the financial condition of our customers deteriorates, resulting in their inability to make payments, additional allowances may be required.
Revenue Recognition. Our products and services are generally sold based upon purchase orders or contracts with customers that include fixed or determinable prices. We recognize revenue when services or equipment are provided and collectibility is reasonably assured. We contract for marine, well intervention and environmental projects either on a day rate or turnkey basis, with a majority of our projects conducted on a day rate basis. Our rental tools are rented on a day rate basis, and revenue from the sale of equipment is recognized when the equipment is shipped. We use the percentage-of-completion method for recognizing our revenues and related costs on our

22


Table of Contents

contract to decommission seven downed oil and gas platforms and related well facilities located in the Gulf of Mexico. We estimate the percentage complete utilizing costs incurred as a percentage of total estimated costs.
Long-Term Construction Accounting for Revenue and Profit (Loss) Recognition. A portion of our revenue is derived from long-term contracts. For contracts that meet the criteria under Statement of Position 81-1, “Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts,” we recognize revenues on the percentage-of-completion method, primarily based on costs incurred to date compared with total estimated contract costs. It is possible there will be future and currently unforeseeable significant adjustments to our estimated contract revenues, costs and profitability for contracts currently in process. These adjustments could, depending on the magnitude of the adjustments, materially, positively or negatively, affect our operating results in an annual or quarterly reporting period. The accuracy of the revenue and estimated earnings we report for fixed-price contracts is dependent upon the judgments we make in estimating our contract performance and contract revenue and costs.
Self-Insurance. We self-insure, through deductibles and retentions, up to certain levels for losses related to workers’ compensation, third party liability insurances, property damage, and group medical. With our growth, we have elected to retain more risk by increasing our self-insurance. We accrue for these liabilities based on estimates of the ultimate cost of claims incurred as of the balance sheet date. We regularly review our estimates of reported and unreported claims and provide for losses through reserves. We also have actuarial reviews of our estimates for losses related to workers’ compensation and group medical on an annual basis. While we believe these estimates are reasonable based on the information available, our financial results could be impacted if litigation trends, claims settlement patterns and future inflation rates are different from our estimates. Although we believe adequate reserves have been provided for expected liabilities arising from our self-insured obligations, and we believe that we maintain adequate insurance coverage, we cannot assure that such coverage will adequately protect us against liability from all potential consequences.
Comparison of the Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2008 and 2007
For the year ended December 31, 2008, our revenue was $1,881.1 million, resulting in net income of $361.7 million or $4.45 diluted earnings per share. The results included a pre-tax gain of $40.9 million from the sale of businesses. For the year ended December 31, 2007, revenue was $1,572.5 million, and net income was $281.1 million or $3.41 diluted earnings per share. Net income for the year ended December 31, 2007 included a pre-tax gain of $7.5 million from the sale of a non-core rental tool business. Revenue in the well intervention segment was higher primarily as a result of an increase in engineering and project management services associated with a large-scale platform decommissioning project. Revenue in the rental tools segment was higher as a result of increased production-related projects and drilling activity worldwide, recent acquisitions and continued expansion of our rental tool business. Both revenue and income from operations decreased in our marine segment due to lower utilization and dayrates. Revenue in our oil and gas segment decreased due the fact that we sold 75% of our interest in SPN Resources in March 2008. SPN Resources represented substantially all of our operating oil and gas segment. Subsequent to the sale of our interest on March 14, 2008, we account for our remaining interest in SPN Resources using the equity-method.

23


Table of Contents

The following table compares our operating results for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 (in thousands). Cost of services, rentals and sales excludes depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion for each of our four business segments. Oil and gas eliminations represent products and services provided to the oil and gas segment by our other three segments.
                                                                 
    Revenue   Cost of Services, Rentals and Sales
    2008     2007     Change     2008     %     2007     %     Change  
         
Well Intervention
  $ 1,155,221     $ 761,015     $ 394,206     $ 633,127       55 %   $ 419,818       55 %   $ 213,309  
Rental Tools
    550,939       496,290       54,649       178,563       32 %     156,731       32 %     21,832  
Marine
    121,104       127,898       (6,794 )     74,830       62 %     60,432       47 %     14,398  
Oil and Gas
    55,072       192,700       (137,628 )     12,986       24 %     66,580       35 %     (53,594 )
Less: Oil and Gas Elim.
    (1,212 )     (5,436 )     4,224       (1,212 )           (5,436 )           4,224  
                                       
 
                                                               
Total
  $ 1,881,124     $ 1,572,467     $ 308,657     $ 898,294       48 %   $ 698,125       44 %   $ 200,169  
                                       
The following discussion analyzes our results on a segment basis.
Well Intervention Segment
Revenue for our well intervention segment was $1,155.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, as compared to $761.0 million for 2007.  Cost of services remained constant at 55% of segment revenue in 2008 and 2007. Our revenue increased 53% as the result of our performance on a large-scale platform decommissioning project, which we expect to complete in the first half of 2010. We also experienced an increase in revenue from a full year of expansion of wireline and snubbing services in Continental Europe. Additionally, revenue from coiled tubing services increased approximately 37% mainly from additional activity and the addition of new equipment in domestic land market areas. These increases were offset by a decrease in revenue from the completion of a construction contract for the sale of a derrick barge in June 2008. We recognized revenue for this construction contract throughout 2007 using the percentage-of-completion method. Revenue from land and international market areas grew 9% and 11%, respectively, in 2008.
Rental Tools Segment
Revenue for our rental tools segment was $550.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, an approximate 11% increase from the same period in 2007. Cost of services remained constant at 32% of segment revenue in 2008 and 2007. Our largest increases in revenue were generated from our stabilizers and on-site accommodations. These increases were partially offset by the loss of revenue from the sale of a non-core rental business in 2007. Our largest geographic revenue improvements were in the Gulf of Mexico where revenue increased 27% to approximately $197.3 million in 2008 over the same period in 2007. We also experienced significant increases in the South American and African market areas. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in drill pipe rental from the North Sea market.
Marine Segment
Our marine segment revenue for the year ended December 31, 2008 decreased 5% from 2007 to $121.1 million. Conversely, cost of services increased 24% for the year ended December 31, 2008 from the same period in 2007 due to lower utilization, increased maintenance and higher direct costs. The increase in maintenance cost is partially due to the fact that we use periods of lower utilization as an opportunity to perform required maintenance to our liftboat fleet. Additionally, cost of services usually does not fluctuate proportionately with revenue due to the high fixed costs associated with this segment. The fleet’s average utilization decreased to approximately 66% in 2008 from 71% in 2007. The fleet’s average dayrate decreased 10% to approximately $15,600 in 2008 from $17,300 in 2007.

24


Table of Contents

Oil and Gas Segment
In March 2008, we sold 75% of our interest in SPN Resources for approximately $167.2 million and recorded a pre-tax gain on sale of this business of approximately $37.1 million. SPN Resources represented substantially all of our oil and gas segment. Subsequent to the sale of our interest on March 14, 2008, we account for our remaining interest in SPN Resources using the equity-method.
Depreciation, Depletion, Amortization and Accretion
Depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion decreased to $175.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $187.8 million in 2007. Depreciation, depletion and accretion for our oil and gas segment decreased $56.4 million, or 95%, in 2008 from 2007. As a result of the sale of our 75% interest in SPN Resources on March 14, 2008, we ceased the depreciation and depletion for this segment when these assets were identified as available for sale in January 2008. Depreciation and amortization expense related to our well intervention and rental tools segments for 2008 increased by $42.8 million, or 35%, from 2007. The increase in depreciation and amortization expense for these segments is primarily attributable to our 2008 and 2007 capital expenditures. Depreciation expense related to the marine segment in 2008 increased approximately $1.2 million, or 14%, from 2007. The increase in depreciation expense for the marine segment is primarily attributable to the delivery of two new vessels, which was partially offset by lower utilization.
General and Administrative Expenses
General and administrative expenses increased to $282.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $228.1 million in 2007. General and administrative expenses related to our well intervention and rental tools segments increased $55.1 million, or 27%, from 2007 to 2008. The increase in general and administrative expense is primarily related to increased expenses associated with our geographic expansion, increased retirement benefits, increased incentive compensation expenses due to our strong operating results and additional infrastructure to enhance our growth. General and administrative expenses remained constant at approximately 15% of revenue for 2008 and 2007.
Comparison of the Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2007 and 2006
For the year ended December 31, 2007, our revenue was $1,572.5 million, resulting in net income of $281.1 million or $3.41 diluted earnings per share. Our net income includes a pre-tax gain of $7.5 million from the sale of a non-core rental tool business. For the year ended December 31, 2006, revenue was $1,093.8 million, and net income was $188.2 million or $2.32 diluted earnings per share. Net income for the year ended December 31, 2006 includes a pre-tax loss on early extinguishment of debt of $12.6 million. Revenue and income from operations were higher in the well intervention and rental tools segments as a result of increased production-related projects and drilling activity worldwide, acquisitions and continued expansion of our rental tool business. Both revenue and income from operations decreased in our marine segment due to lower utilization. Both revenue and income from operations in our oil and gas segment were significantly higher due to higher commodity prices and higher production as a portion of 2006 production was impacted by shut-in production due to Hurricanes Katrina and Rita.
The following table compares our operating results for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 (in thousands). Cost of services, rentals and sales excludes depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion for each of our four segments. Oil and gas eliminations represent products and services provided to the oil and gas segment by our other three segments.
                                                                 
    Revenue   Cost of Services, Rentals and Sales
    2007     2006     Change     2007     %   2006     %   Change  
         
Well Intervention
  $ 761,015     $ 469,110     $ 291,905     $ 419,818       55 %   $ 269,631       57 %   $ 150,187  
Rental Tools
    496,290       371,155       125,135     $ 156,731       32 %     115,898       31 %     40,833  
Marine
    127,898       140,115       (12,217 )   $ 60,432       47 %     56,189       40 %     4,243  
Oil and Gas
    192,700       127,682       65,018     $ 66,580       35 %     70,028       55 %     (3,448 )
Less: Oil and Gas Elim.
    (5,436 )     (14,241 )     8,805     $ (5,436 )           (14,241 )           8,805  
                                       
 
                                                               
Total
  $ 1,572,467     $ 1,093,821     $ 478,646     $ 698,125       44 %   $ 497,505       45 %   $ 200,620  
                                       

25


Table of Contents

The following discussion analyzes our results on a segment basis.
Well Intervention Segment
Revenue for our well intervention segment was $761.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, as compared to $469.1 million for 2006. Cost of services decreased to 55% of segment revenue in 2007 from 57% in 2006, primarily due to the segment’s increase in revenue and a change in business mix. We experienced higher revenue for most of our production-related services. Approximately 60% of our increase in revenue is attributable to acquisition and disposition activities occurring late in 2006 and throughout 2007. An additional 20% of the increase in revenue is from a full year of activity related to the charter of a derrick barge as well as a contract to construct a derrick barge to be sold to a third party for approximately $53 million. The balance of the increase in revenue is attributable to increased well control and hydraulic workover services as production-related activity improved.
Rental Tools Segment
Revenue for our rental tools segment for 2007 was $496.3 million, a 34% increase over 2006. The cost of rentals and sales percentage remained relatively constant at 32% in 2007 as compared to 31% in 2006. In 2007, we sold the assets of a non-core rental business. We experienced significant increases in revenue from our stabilizers, on-site accommodations, drill pipe and accessories, and drill collars. The increases are a result of acquisitions, expansion of rental products through capital expenditures, and increased activity worldwide. Our international revenue for the rental tools segment increased 73% to approximately $163 million in 2007 over 2006. Our largest improvements were in the North Sea, South American and Africa market areas.
Marine Segment
Our marine segment revenue for the year ended December 31, 2007 decreased 9% from 2006 to $127.9 million. Our cost of services percentage increased to 47% in 2007 as compared to 40% in 2006 primarily due to lower utilization and an increase in our labor and maintenance costs. Due to the high fixed costs associated with this segment, the cost of services percentage increases at an accelerated rate when revenue declines. The fleet’s average utilization decreased to approximately 71% in 2007 from 82% in 2006 due to increased idle days resulting from lower demand, inspections, maintenance and poor weather conditions in the Gulf of Mexico which prevent our liftboats from mobilizing in high seas. The fleet’s average dayrate increased approximately 4% to approximately $17,300 in 2007 from $16,600 in 2006.
Oil and Gas Segment
Oil and gas revenue was $192.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2007, as compared to $127.7 million in 2006. In 2007, production was approximately 3,305,000 boe, as compared to approximately 2,505,000 boe in 2006. The cost of sales percentage decreased to 35% in 2007 from 55% in 2006 due to increased production and commodity prices. In 2006, shut-in production resulting from damage caused by the 2005 hurricane season did not fully return until the second quarter of 2006.
Depreciation, Depletion, Amortization and Accretion
Depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion increased to $187.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2007 from $111.0 million in 2006. Approximately 40% of our increase in depreciation and amortization expense is attributable to acquisitions occurring late in 2006 and throughout 2007. An additional 36% increase in depletion and accretion is directly attributable to increased oil and gas production and capital expenditures in our oil and gas segment. The balance of the increase results from the depreciation associated with our 2007 and 2006 capital expenditures, primarily in the well intervention and rental tools segment.

26


Table of Contents

General and Administrative Expenses
General and administrative expenses increased to $228.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $168.4 million in 2006. Approximately 50% of our increase in general and administrative expenses is attributable to acquisitions occurring late in 2006 and throughout 2007. The remainder of this increase was primarily attributable to increased expense related to our continued growth through expanding our geographic area of operations and acquisitions as well as increased incentive compensation expense due to our strong operating results. General and administrative expenses remained constant at approximately 15% of revenue for 2007 and 2006.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
In the year ended December 31, 2008, we generated net cash from operating activities of $402.4 million as compared to $530.3 million in 2007. The decrease in cash generated from operating activities is primarily due to the increase in cost and estimated earnings in excess of billings related to a large-scale platform decommissioning contract in the Gulf of Mexico. This will be billed and collected in the first half of 2009. Our primary liquidity needs are for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and debt service. Our primary sources of liquidity are cash flows from operations and borrowings under our revolving credit facility. We had cash and cash equivalents of $44.9 million at December 31, 2008 compared to $51.6 million at December 31, 2007.
We made approximately $453.9 million of capital expenditures during the year ended December 31, 2008. Approximately $189.1 million was used to expand and maintain our rental tool equipment inventory. We also made $184.5 million and $50.8 million of capital expenditures to expand and maintain the asset base of our well intervention and marine segments, respectively. In addition, we made $26.7 million of capital expenditures on construction and improvements to our facilities.
In March 2008, we sold 75% of our interest in SPN Resources for approximately $167.2 million. In connection with the disposition of our controlling interest in SPN Resources, we retained performance guarantees related to SPN Resources’ decommissioning liabilities. Additionally, we retained preferential rights on certain service work and entered into a turnkey contract to perform well abandonment and decommissioning work associated with the oil and gas properties owned and operated by SPN Resources at the closing. The turnkey contract covers only routine end of life well abandonment and pipeline and platform decommissioning for properties owned and operated by SPN Resources at the date of closing and has a remaining fixed price of approximately $147.4 million as of December 31, 2008.  The turnkey contract consists of numerous, separate billable jobs estimated to be performed between 2008 and 2022. During the year ended December 31, 2008, we received $17.0 million of cash distributions from SPN Resources.
In connection with the sale of assets of a non-core rental tool business in August 2007 and certain conditions being met during the year ended December 31, 2008, we received approximately $6.0 million of additional cash consideration, which resulted in an additional pre-tax gain on sale of business of approximately $3.3 million.
In April 2008, we contracted to purchase a 50% interest in four 265-foot class liftboats for approximately $50.3 million with scheduled delivery dates through 2010. Through December 31, 2008, we have spent approximately $40.3 million for our 50% interest in these liftboats. In January 2009, the party controlling the other 50% interest in the four liftboats exercised its option to require us to purchase its undivided 50% ownership interest in these vessels.
We have a $250 million bank revolving credit facility. Any amounts outstanding under the revolving credit facility are due on June 14, 2011. At February 19, 2009, we had approximately $54.0 million outstanding under the bank credit facility. Additionally, we had approximately $11.3 million of letters of credit outstanding, which reduces our borrowing capacity under this credit facility. Borrowings under the credit facility bear interest at a LIBOR rate plus margins that depend on our leverage ratio. Indebtedness under the credit facility is secured by substantially all of our assets, including the pledge of the stock of our principal domestic subsidiaries. The credit facility contains customary events of default and requires that we satisfy various financial covenants. It also limits our ability to pay dividends or make other distributions, make acquisitions, create liens or incur additional indebtedness.

27


Table of Contents

We have $15.0 million outstanding at December 31, 2008 in U. S. Government guaranteed long-term financing under Title XI of the Merchant Marine Act of 1936, which is administered by the Maritime Administration (MARAD), for two 245-foot class liftboats. This debt bears interest at the rate of 6.45% per annum and is payable in equal semi-annual installments of $405,000 on every June 3rd and December 3rd through June 3, 2027. Our obligations are secured by mortgages on the two liftboats. This MARAD financing also requires that we comply with certain covenants and restrictions, including the maintenance of minimum net worth and debt-to-equity requirements.
We have $300 million of 6 7/8% unsecured senior notes due 2014. The indenture governing the notes requires semi-annual interest payments, on every June 1st and December 1st through the maturity date of June 1, 2014. The indenture contains certain covenants that, among other things, restrict us from incurring additional debt, repurchasing capital stock, paying dividends or making other distributions, incurring liens, selling assets or entering into certain mergers or acquisitions.
We also have $400 million of 1.50% senior exchangeable notes due 2026. The exchangeable notes bear interest at a rate of 1.50% per annum and decrease to 1.25% per annum on December 15, 2011. Interest on the notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on December 15th and June 15th of each year, beginning June 15, 2007. The notes do not contain any restrictive financial covenants.
The Company’s current long term issuer credit rating is BB+ by Standard and Poor’s and Ba3 by Moody’s. Our credit rating may be impacted by the rating agencies’ view of the cyclical nature of our industry sector.
Under certain circumstances, holders may exchange the 1.5% senior exchangeable notes for shares of our common stock. The initial exchange rate is 21.9414 shares of common stock per $1,000 principal amount of notes. This is equal to an initial exchange price of $45.58 per share. The exchange price represents a 35% premium over the closing share price at the date of issuance. The notes may be exchanged under the following circumstances:
    during any fiscal quarter (and only during such fiscal quarter) commencing after March 31, 2007, if the last reported sale price of our common stock is greater than or equal to 135% of the applicable exchange price of the notes for at least 20 trading days in the period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the preceding fiscal quarter;
 
    prior to December 15, 2011, during the five business-day period after any ten consecutive trading-day period (the “measurement period”) in which the trading price of $1,000 principal amount of notes for each trading day in the measurement period was less than 95% of the product of the last reported sale price of our common stock and the exchange rate on such trading day; if the notes have been called for redemption;
 
    upon the occurrence of specified corporate transactions; or
 
    at any time beginning on September 15, 2026, and ending at the close of business on the second business day immediately preceding the maturity date.
In connection with the exchangeable note transaction, we simultaneously entered into agreements with affiliates of the initial purchasers to purchase call options and sell warrants on our common stock. We may exercise the call options we purchased at any time to acquire approximately 8.8 million shares of our common stock at a strike price of $45.58 per share. The owners of the warrants may exercise the warrants to purchase from us approximately 8.8 million shares of our common stock at a price of $59.42 per share, subject to certain anti-dilution and other customary adjustments. The warrants may be settled in cash, in shares or in a combination of cash and shares, at our option. These transactions may potentially reduce the dilution of our common stock from the exchange of the notes by increasing the effective exchange price to $59.42 per share. Lehman Brothers OTC Derivatives, Inc. (LBOTC) is the counterparty to 50% of our call option and warrant transactions. On October 3, 2008, LBOTC filed for bankruptcy protection, which is an event of default under the contracts relating to the call option and warrant transactions. We have not terminated these contracts and continue to carefully monitor the developments affecting LBOTC.  Although we may not retain the benefit of the call option due to LBOTC’s bankruptcy, we do not expect that there will be a material impact, if any, on the financial statements or results of operations.  The call option and warrant transactions described above do not affect the terms of the outstanding exchangeable notes.

28


Table of Contents

During the year ended December 31, 2008, we purchased and retired 3,717,000 shares of our outstanding common stock at an average price of $27.92 per share, or $103.8 million in the aggregate. These purchases were made in connection with our authorized $350 million share repurchase program that will expire on December 31, 2009. As of December 31, 2008, we have approximately $212.4 million remaining available for purchase under this program.
The following table summarizes our contractual cash obligations and commercial commitments at December 31, 2008 (amounts in thousands) for our long-term debt (including estimated interest payments), operating leases, contractual obligations and other long-term liabilities. We do not have any other material obligations or commitments.
                                                 
Description   2009   2010   2011   2012   2013   Thereafter
 
Long-term debt, including estimated interest payments
  $ 28,388     $ 28,336     $ 27,783     $ 27,231     $ 27,179     $ 791,168  
Operating leases
    16,474       12,625       7,033       4,361       2,694       13,803  
Vessel Construction
    67,870       1,089                          
Other long-term liabilities
          11,848       8,674       5,198       2,797       8,088  
     
 
Total
  $ 112,732     $ 53,898     $ 43,490     $ 36,790     $ 32,670     $ 813,059  
     
We currently believe that we will make approximately $275 million of capital expenditures, excluding acquisitions and targeted asset purchases, during 2009 to expand our rental tool asset base, add new coiled tubing and electric-line units and complete construction on our liftboats. We believe that our current working capital, cash generated from our operations and availability under our revolving credit facility will provide sufficient funds for our identified capital projects.
We intend to continue implementing our growth strategy of increasing our scope of services through both internal growth and strategic acquisitions. We expect to continue to make the capital expenditures required to implement our growth strategy in amounts consistent with the amount of cash generated from operating activities, the availability of additional financing and our credit facility. Depending on the size of any future acquisitions, we may require additional equity or debt financing in excess of our current working capital and amounts available under our revolving credit facility.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We have no off-balance sheet financing arrangements other than our potential additional consideration that may be payable as a result of the future operating performances of our acquisitions. At December 31, 2008, the maximum additional consideration payable for our prior acquisitions was approximately $27.4 million. These amounts are not classified as liabilities under current generally accepted accounting principles and are not reflected in our financial statements until the amounts are fixed and determinable. When amounts are determined, they are capitalized as part of the purchase price of the related acquisition. We do not have any other financing arrangements that are not required under generally accepted accounting principles to be reflected in our financial statements.
Hedging Activities
We entered into hedging transactions in 2004 that expired on August 31, 2006 to secure a commodity price for a portion of our oil production and to reduce our exposure to oil price fluctuations. We do not enter into derivative transactions for trading purposes. We used financially-settled crude oil swaps and zero-cost collars that provided floor and ceiling prices with varying upside price participation. Our swaps and zero-cost collars were designated and accounted for as cash flow hedges. For the year ended December 31, 2006, hedging settlement payments reduced oil and gas revenue by approximately $13.8 million, and no gains or losses were recognized due to hedge ineffectiveness.
During 2008, we entered into forward foreign exchange contracts to mitigate the impact of foreign currency fluctuations. The forward foreign exchange contracts we enter into generally have maturities ranging from one to eighteen months. We do not enter into forward foreign exchange contracts for trading purposes. At December 31, 2008, we had foreign currency forward contracts outstanding in order to hedge exposure to currency fluctuations between the British Pound Sterling and the Euro. These contracts are not accounted for as hedges and are marked to

29


Table of Contents

fair market value each period. Based on the exchange rates as of December 31, 2008, we recorded an immaterial gain to adjust these forward contracts to their fair market value. The counterparties to the forward contracts are major financial institutions. In the event that the counterparties fail to meet the terms of the forward contract, our exposure is limited to the foreign currency rate differential.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
In November 2008, the Emerging Issues Task Force issued EITF Issue No. 08-06, “Equity-Method Investment Considerations,” which clarifies the accounting for certain transactions involving equity-method investments. This interpretation is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008 and interim periods within those years. We do not expect the adoption of EITF Issue No. 08-06 to have an impact on our results of operations and financial position.
In May 2008, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued its Staff Position APB No. 14-1 (FSP APB No. 14-1) “Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments That May Be Settled Upon Conversion (Including Partial Cash Settlement).” FSP APB No. 14-1 requires the proceeds from the issuance of exchangeable debt instruments to be allocated between a liability component (issued at a discount) and an equity component. The resulting debt discount will be amortized over the period the convertible debt is expected to be outstanding as additional non-cash interest expense. The provisions of FSP APB No. 14-1 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008 and will require retrospective application. FSP APB No. 14-1 will change the accounting treatment for our 1.50% senior exchangeable notes and impact our results of operations due to an increase in non-cash interest expense beginning in 2009 for financial statements covering past and future periods. In addition to a reduction of debt balances and an increase to stockholders’ equity on our consolidated balance sheets for each period presented, we expect the retrospective application of FSP APB No. 14-1 will result in a cumulative non-cash increase to our historical interest expense of approximately $31 to $34 million for 2007 and 2008. Additionally, we expect that the adoption will result in a non-cash increase to our projected annual interest expense of approximately $17 to $19 million for 2009.
In December 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued its Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141(R) (FAS No. 141(R)), “Business Combinations (as amended).” FAS No. 141(R) requires an acquiring entity in a business combination to recognize all assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the transaction and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree at the acquisition date fair value. Additionally, contingent consideration and contractual contingencies shall be measured at acquisition date fair value. FAS No. 141(R) also requires an acquirer to disclose all of the information users may need to evaluate and understand the nature and financial effect of the business combination. Such information includes, among other things, a description of the factors comprising goodwill recognized in the transaction, the acquisition date fair value of the consideration, including contingent consideration, amounts recognized at the acquisition date for each major class of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, transactions not considered to be part of the business combination (i.e., separate transactions), and acquisition-related costs. FAS No. 141(R) applies prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008 (for any acquisitions closed by us on or after January 1, 2009), and early adoption is not permitted. FAS No. 141(R) will impact the accounting for acquisitions closed on or after January 1, 2009.
In December 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued its Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 160 (FAS No. 160), “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements – an amendment of ARB No. 51.” FAS No. 160 amends ARB No. 51 to establish accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. It clarifies that a noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary is an ownership interest in the consolidated entity that should be reported as equity in the consolidated financial statements. Additionally, this statement requires that consolidated net income include the amounts attributable to both the parent and the noncontrolling interest. FAS No. 160 is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008. We are currently evaluating the impact that FAS No. 160 will have on our results of operations and financial position.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
We are exposed to market risks associated with foreign currency fluctuations and changes in interest rates. A discussion of our market risk exposure in financial instruments follows.

30


Table of Contents

Foreign Currency Exchange Rates
Because we operate in a number of countries throughout the world, we conduct a portion of our business in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. The functional currency for our international operations, other than our operations in the United Kingdom, Germany and the Netherlands, is the U.S. dollar, but a portion of the revenue from these foreign operations is paid in foreign currencies. The effects of foreign currency fluctuations are partly mitigated because local expenses of such foreign operations are also generally denominated in the same currency. We continually monitor the currency exchange risks associated with all contracts not denominated in the U.S. dollar. Any gains or losses associated with such fluctuations have not been material.
We do not hold derivatives for trading purposes or use derivatives with complex features. Assets and liabilities of our subsidiaries in the United Kingdom, Germany and the Netherlands are translated at current exchange rates, while income and expense are translated at average rates for the period. Translation gains and losses are reported as the foreign currency translation component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in stockholders’ equity.
When we believe prudent, we enter into forward foreign exchange contracts to hedge the impact of foreign currency fluctuations. The forward foreign exchange contracts we enter into generally have maturities ranging from one to eighteen months. We do not enter into forward foreign exchange contracts for trading purposes. At December 31, 2008, we had entered into foreign currency forward contracts to hedge exposure to currency fluctuations between the British Pound Sterling and the Euro. These contracts are not accounted for as hedges and are marked to fair market value each period. Based on the exchange rates as of December 31, 2008, we recorded an immaterial gain to adjust these forward contracts to their fair market value. The counterparties to the forward contracts are major financial institutions. In the event that the counterparties fail to meet the terms of the forward contract, our exposure is limited to the foreign currency rate differential.
Interest Rates
At December 31, 2008, none of our outstanding long-term debt had variable interest rates, and we had no interest rate risks at that time.
Equity Price Risk
We have $400 million of 1.50% senior exchangeable notes due 2026. The notes are, subject to the occurrence of specified conditions, exchangeable for our common stock initially at an exchange price of $45.58 per share, which would result in an aggregate of approximately 8.8 million shares of common stock being issued upon exchange. We may redeem for cash all or any part of the notes on or after December 15, 2011 for 100% of the principal amount redeemed. The holders may require us to repurchase for cash all or any portion of the notes on December 15, 2011, December 15, 2016 and December 15, 2021 for 100% of the principal amount of notes to be purchased plus any accrued and unpaid interest. The notes do not contain any restrictive financial covenants.
Each $1,000 of principal amount of the notes is initially exchangeable into 21.9414 shares of our common stock, subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of specified events. Holders of the notes may exchange their notes prior to maturity only if (1) the price of our common stock reaches 135% of the applicable exchange rate during certain periods of time specified in the notes; (2) specified corporate transactions occur; (3) the notes have been called for redemption; or (4) the trading price of the notes falls below a certain threshold. In addition, in the event of a fundamental change in our corporate ownership or structure, the holders may require us to repurchase all or any portion of the notes for 100% of the principal amount.
We also have agreements with affiliates of the initial purchasers to purchase call options and sell warrants of our common stock. We may exercise the call options at any time to acquire approximately 8.8 million shares of our common stock at a strike price of $45.58 per share. The owners of the warrants may exercise their warrants to purchase from us approximately 8.8 million shares of our common stock at a price of $59.42 per share, subject to certain anti-dilution and other customary adjustments. The warrants may be settled in cash, in shares or in a combination of cash and shares, at our option. Lehman Brothers OTC Derivatives, Inc. (LBOTC) is the counterparty to 50% of our call option and warrant transactions. On October 3, 2008, LBOTC filed for bankruptcy protection, which is an event of default under the contracts relating to the call option and warrant transactions. We have not terminated these contracts and continue to carefully monitor the developments affecting LBOTC.  Although we may not retain the benefit of the call option due to LBOTC’s bankruptcy, we do not expect that there will be a material impact, if any, on our financial statements or results of operations. The call option and warrant transactions described above do not affect the terms of the outstanding exchangeable notes.
For additional discussion of the notes, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources” in Part II, Item 7.

31


Table of Contents

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over our financial reporting, and for performing an assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over our financial reporting as of December 31, 2008. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
Our system of internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Management recognizes that there are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of any internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of internal control. Accordingly, even effective internal control over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation. Further because of changes in conditions, the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting may vary over time.
Our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, performed an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008 based upon criteria in “Internal Control – Integrated Framework,” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment under the criteria in “Internal Control – Integrated Framework,” our management determined that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2008.
Our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008 has been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears herein.

32


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Superior Energy Services, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Superior Energy Services, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008. In connection with our audits of the consolidated financial statements, we also have audited the accompanying financial statement schedule, “Valuation and Qualifying Accounts” for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. These consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Superior Energy Services, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Superior Energy Services, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated February 27, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
     
 
  KPMG LLP
New Orleans, Louisiana
February 27, 2009

33


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Superior Energy Services, Inc.:
We have audited Superior Energy Services, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Superior Energy Services, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, Superior Energy Services, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Superior Energy Services, Inc. as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008, and our report dated February 27, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
     
 
  KPMG LLP
New Orleans, Louisiana
February 27, 2009

34


Table of Contents

SUPERIOR ENERGY SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Balance Sheets
December 31, 2008 and 2007
(in thousands, except share data)
                 
    2008     2007  
ASSETS
               
 
               
Current assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 44,853     $ 51,649  
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $18,013 and $16,742 at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively
    360,357       343,334  
Current portion of notes receivable
          15,584  
Prepaid expenses
    18,041       19,641  
Other current assets
    223,598       40,797  
 
           
 
               
Total current assets
    646,849       471,005  
 
           
 
               
Property, plant and equipment, net
    1,114,941       878,352  
Oil and gas assets, net, under the successful efforts method of accounting
          208,056  
Goodwill
    477,860       484,594  
Notes receivable
          16,732  
Equity-method investments
    122,308       56,961  
Intangible and other long-term assets, net
    129,675       141,549  
 
           
 
               
Total assets
  $ 2,491,633     $ 2,257,249  
 
           
 
               
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
               
 
Current liabilities:
               
Accounts payable
  $ 87,207     $ 69,510  
Accrued expenses
    152,536       177,779  
Income taxes payable
    20,861       7,520  
Deferred income taxes
    36,830        
Current portion of decommissioning liabilities
          36,812  
Current maturities of long-term debt
    810       810  
 
           
 
               
Total current liabilities
    298,244       292,431  
 
           
 
               
Deferred income taxes
    226,421       163,338  
Decommissioning liabilities
          88,158  
Long-term debt, net
    710,830       711,151  
Other long-term liabilities
    36,605       21,492  
 
               
Stockholders’ equity:
               
Preferred stock of $0.01 par value. Authorized, 5,000,000 shares; none issued
           
Common stock of $0.001 par value. Authorized, 125,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 78,028,072 and 80,671,650 shares at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively
    78       81  
Additional paid in capital
    320,309       401,455  
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net
    (32,641 )     9,078  
Retained earnings
    931,787       570,065  
 
           
 
               
Total stockholders’ equity
    1,219,533       980,679  
 
           
 
               
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 2,491,633     $ 2,257,249  
 
           
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

35


Table of Contents

SUPERIOR ENERGY SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Operations
Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(in thousands, except per share data)
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
Oilfield service and rental revenues
  $ 1,826,052     $ 1,379,767     $ 966,139  
Oil and gas revenues
    55,072       192,700       127,682  
 
                 
 
                       
Total revenues
    1,881,124       1,572,467       1,093,821  
 
                 
 
                       
Cost of oilfield services and rentals
    885,308       631,545       427,477  
Cost of oil and gas sales
    12,986       66,580       70,028  
 
                 
 
                       
Total cost of services, rentals and sales (exclusive of items shown separately below)
    898,294       698,125       497,505  
 
                 
 
                       
Depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion
    175,500       187,841       111,011  
General and administrative expenses
    282,584       228,146       168,416  
Gain on sale of businesses
    40,946       7,483        
 
                 
 
                       
Income from operations
    565,692       465,838       316,889  
 
                 
 
                       
Other income (expense):
                       
Interest expense, net of amounts capitalized
    (30,419 )     (33,257 )     (22,950 )
Interest income
    2,975       2,662       3,990  
Other income (expense)
    (3,977 )     189       622  
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
                (12,596 )
Earnings (losses) from equity-method investments, net
    24,373       (2,940 )     5,891  
 
                 
 
                       
Income before income taxes
    558,644       432,492       291,846  
 
                       
Income taxes
    196,922       151,372       103,605  
 
                 
 
                       
Net income
  $ 361,722     $ 281,120     $ 188,241  
 
                 
 
                       
Basic earnings per share
  $ 4.52     $ 3.47     $ 2.36  
 
                 
 
                       
Diluted earnings per share
  $ 4.45     $ 3.41     $ 2.32  
 
                 
 
                       
Weighted average common shares used in computing earnings per share:
                       
Basic
    79,990       80,973       79,801  
Incremental common shares from stock options
    1,163       1,358       1,451  
Incremental common shares from restricted stock units
    60       58       37  
 
                 
Diluted
    81,213       82,389       81,289  
 
                 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

36


Table of Contents

SUPERIOR ENERGY SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity
Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(in thousands, except share data)
                                                                 
                                            Accumulated        
    Preferred           Common           Additional   other        
    stock   Preferred   stock   Common   paid-in   comprehensive   Retained    
    shares   stock   shares   stock   capital   income (loss), net   earnings   Total
     
Balances, December 31, 2005
      $       79,499,927     $ 79     $ 428,507     $ (4,916 )   $ 100,704     $ 524,374  
 
                                                               
Comprehensive income:
                                                               
Net income
                                        188,241       188,241  
Other comprehensive income - Changes in fair value of hedging positions, net of tax
                                  6,799             6,799  
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                                  8,405             8,405  
     
Total comprehensive income
                                  15,204       188,241       203,445  
Grant of restricted stock units
                            542                   542  
Grant of restricted stock, net of forfeitures
                242,775             986                   986  
Exercise of stock options
                244,047       1       2,802                   2,803  
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options
                            1,429                   1,429  
Stock option compensation expense
                            847                   847  
Issuance of common stock in connection with acquisition of Warrior Energy Services Corporation
                5,369,888       5       136,336                   136,341  
Shares repurchased and retired
                (4,739,300 )     (4 )     (159,995 )                 (159,999 )
Purchase of common stock call options related to exchangeable notes, net of tax benefit of $35,520
                            (60,480 )                 (60,480 )
Sale of common stock warrants related to exchangeable notes
                            60,400                   60,400  
     
Balances, December 31, 2006
        $       80,617,337     $ 81     $ 411,374     $ 10,288     $ 288,945     $ 710,688  
 
                                                               
Comprehensive income:
                                                               
Net income
                                        281,120       281,120  
Other comprehensive income - Changes in fair value of hedging positions of equity-method investments, net of tax
                                  (2,580 )           (2,580 )
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                                  1,370             1,370  
     
Total comprehensive income
                                  (1,210 )     281,120       279,910  
Grant of restricted stock units
                            840                   840  
Grant of restricted stock, net of forfeitures
                160,234             2,685                   2,685  
Exercise of stock options
                867,916       1       8,439                   8,440  
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options
                            9,408                   9,408  
Stock option compensation expense
                            1,529                   1,529  
Shares issued under Employee Stock Purchase Plan
                26,163             949                   949  
Shares repurchased and retired
                (1,000,000 )     (1 )     (33,769 )                 (33,770 )
     
Balances, December 31, 2007
        $       80,671,650     $ 81     $ 401,455     $ 9,078     $ 570,065     $ 980,679  
     
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

37


Table of Contents

SUPERIOR ENERGY SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (Continued)
Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(in thousands, except share data)
                                                                 
                                            Accumulated        
    Preferred           Common           Additional   other        
    stock   Preferred   stock   Common   paid-in   comprehensive   Retained    
    shares   stock   shares   stock   capital   income (loss), net   earnings   Total
     
Balances, December 31, 2007
        $       80,671,650     $ 81     $ 401,455     $ 9,078     $ 570,065     $ 980,679  
 
                                                               
Comprehensive income:
                                                               
Net income
                                        361,722       361,722  
Other comprehensive income - Changes in fair value of hedging positions of equity-method investments, net of tax
                                  6,460             6,460  
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                                  (48,179 )           (48,179 )
     
Total comprehensive income
                                  (41,719 )     361,722       320,003  
Grant of restricted stock units
                            840                   840  
Grant of restricted stock, net of forfeitures
                501,112       1       4,685                   4,686  
Exercise of stock options
                426,592             4,274                   4,274  
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options
                            5,411                   5,411  
Stock option compensation expense
                            2,643                   2,643  
Shares issued to settle restricted stock units
                14,559                                
Shares issued to pay performance share units
                74,405             2,948                   2,948  
Shares issued under Employee Stock Purchase Plan
                56,754             1,833                   1,833  
Shares repurchased and retired
                (3,717,000 )     (4 )     (103,780 )                 (103,784 )
     
Balances, December 31, 2008
        $       78,028,072     $ 78     $ 320,309     $ (32,641 )   $ 931,787     $ 1,219,533  
     
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

38


Table of Contents

SUPERIOR ENERGY SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(in thousands)
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
Cash flows from operating activities:
                       
Net income
  $ 361,722     $ 281,120     $ 188,241  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion
    175,500       187,841       111,011  
Deferred income taxes
    109,522       71,182       17,092  
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options
    (5,411 )     (9,408 )     (1,429 )
Stock based and performance share unit compensation expense, net
    12,182       12,549       6,159  
Retirement and deferred compensation plan (income) expense
    15,255       (189 )     (622 )
(Earnings) losses from equity-method investments, net of cash received
    (7,102 )     2,940       (5,891 )
Write-off of debt acquisition costs
                2,817  
Amortization of debt acquisition costs and note discount
    3,698       3,518       1,321  
Gain on sale of businesses
    (40,946 )     (7,483 )      
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions and dispositions:
                       
Receivables
    (77,565 )     (25,361 )     (88,298 )
Other current assets
    (184,602 )     4,652       (3,497 )
Accounts payable
    20,252       (7,036 )     7,259  
Accrued expenses
    (5,917 )     7,591       43,379  
Decommissioning liabilities
    (6,160 )     (2,769 )     (2,255 )
Income taxes
    12,434       8,524       (13,084 )
Other, net
    19,497       2,612       17,389  
 
                 
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
    402,359       530,283       279,592  
 
                 
Cash flows from investing activities:
                       
Payments for capital expenditures
    (453,861 )     (410,518 )     (242,936 )
Acquisitions of businesses, net of cash acquired
    (8,410 )     (110,973 )     (239,339 )
Acquisitions of oil and gas properties, net of cash acquired
          (8,000 )     (46,631 )
Cash proceeds from sale of businesses, net of cash sold
    155,312       18,100       18,343  
Cash contributed to equity-method investment
                (57,781 )
Other
    (3,578 )     9,280       (13,012 )
 
                 
 
Net cash used in investing activities
    (310,537 )     (502,111 )     (581,356 )
 
                 
Cash flows from financing activities:
                       
Proceeds from long-term debt
                695,467  
Principal payments on long-term debt
    (810 )     (810 )     (200,810 )
Payment of debt acquisition costs
          (83 )     (18,357 )
Purchase of common stock call options related to exchangeable notes
                (96,000 )
Sale of common stock warrants related to exchangeable notes
                60,400  
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
    4,274       8,440       2,803  
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options
    5,411       9,408       1,429  
Proceeds from issuance of stock through employee benefit plans
    1,558       806        
Purchase and retirement of stock
    (103,784 )     (33,770 )     (159,999 )
 
                 
 
                       
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    (93,351 )     (16,009 )     284,933  
 
                 
 
                       
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
    (5,267 )     516       1,344  
 
                 
 
                       
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    (6,796 )     12,679       (15,487 )
 
                       
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    51,649       38,970       54,457  
 
                 
 
                       
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 44,853     $ 51,649     $ 38,970  
 
                 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

39


Table of Contents

SUPERIOR ENERGY SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
  (a)   Basis of Presentation
 
      The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Superior Energy Services, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company). All significant intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation. Certain previously reported amounts have been reclassified to conform to the 2008 presentation.
 
  (b)   Business
 
      The Company is a leading provider of specialized oilfield services and equipment focusing on serving the production-related and drilling-related needs of oil and gas companies. The Company provides most of the services, tools and liftboats necessary to maintain, enhance and extend producing wells, as well as plug and abandonment services at the end of their life cycle.
 
      The Company provides various production-related and decommissioning services to the oil and gas properties owned by its equity-method investments (see note 4).
 
  (c)   Use of Estimates
 
      The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make significant estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
  (d)   Major Customers and Concentration of Credit Risk
 
      The majority of the Company’s business is conducted with major and independent oil and gas exploration companies. The Company evaluates the financial strength of its customers and provides allowances for probable credit losses when deemed necessary but does not require collateral to support the customer receivables.
 
      The market for the Company’s services and products is the offshore and onshore oil and gas industry in the United States and select international market areas. Oil and gas companies make capital expenditures on exploration, drilling and production operations. The level of these expenditures historically has been characterized by significant volatility.
 
      The Company derives a large amount of revenue from a small number of major and independent oil and gas companies. In 2008, Chevron Corporation, BP p.l.c. and Apache Corporation each accounted for approximately 11% of total revenue, primarily related to our well intervention segment. In 2007 and 2006, Shell accounted for approximately 11% and 12%, respectively, of total revenue, primarily related to our oil and gas and rental tools segments. The Company’s inability to continue to perform services for a number of large existing customers, if not offset by sales to new or existing customers, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and financial condition.

40


Table of Contents

  (e)   Cash Equivalents
 
      The Company considers all short-term investments with a maturity of 90 days or less to be cash equivalents.
 
  (f)   Accounts Receivable and Allowances
 
      Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The Company maintains allowances for estimated uncollectible receivables including bad debts and other items. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on the Company’s best estimate of probable uncollectible amounts in existing accounts receivable. The Company determines the allowance based on historical write-off experience and specific identification.
 
  (g)   Other Current Assets
 
      Other current assets include approximately $168.3 million of cost incurred and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts at December 31, 2008. The Company had no cost and estimated earnings in excess of billings at December 31, 2007. The company follows the percentage-of-completion method of accounting for applicable contracts. Accordingly, income is recognized in the ratio that costs incurred bears to estimated total costs. Adjustments to cost estimates are made periodically, and losses expected to be incurred on contracts in progress are charged to operations in the period such losses are determined.
 
      Additionally, other current assets include approximately $46.4 million and $26.9 million of raw materials and supplies at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Raw materials and supplies consist principally of products which are consumed in our services provided to customers, spare parts and supplies for equipment used in providing these services, and raw materials used for finished products. These supplies are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost primarily represents invoiced costs. Cost is determined on an average cost basis for all other raw materials and supplies.
 
  (h)   Property, Plant and Equipment
 
      Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, except for assets acquired using purchase accounting, which are recorded at fair value as of the date of acquisition. With the exception of the Company’s liftboats, derrick barges and oil and gas assets, depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets as follows:
         
Buildings and improvements
  5 to 40 years
Marine vessels and equipment
    5 to 25 years  
Machinery and equipment
    5 to 20 years  
Automobiles, trucks, tractors and trailers
    2 to 10 years  
Furniture and fixtures
    3 to 10 years  
      The Company’s liftboats and derrick barges are depreciated using the units-of-production method based on the utilization of the vessels and are subject to a minimum amount of annual depreciation. Prior to the sale of 75% of its interest in SPN Resources, LLC (SPN Resources), the Company’s oil and gas producing assets were depleted using the units-of-production method based on applicable quantities of oil and gas produced. The units-of-production method is used for these assets because depreciation and depletion occur primarily through use rather than through the passage of time.
 
      The Company capitalizes interest on the cost of major capital projects during the active construction period. Capitalized interest is added to the cost of the underlying assets and is amortized over the useful lives of the assets. The Company capitalized approximately $3.1 million, $1.5 million and $0.9 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, of interest for various capital projects.

41


Table of Contents

      Long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is assessed by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to future net cash flows expected to be generated by the assets. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value. Assets are grouped by subsidiary or division for the impairment testing, except for liftboats, which are grouped together by leg length. These groupings represent the lowest level of identifiable cash flows. The Company has long-lived assets, such as facilities, utilized by multiple operating divisions that do not have identifiable cash flows. Impairment testing for these long-lived assets is based on the consolidated entity. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.
 
      Prior to the sale of 75% of its interest in SPN Resources, the Company acquired oil and natural gas properties and assumed the related decommissioning liabilities. The Company followed the successful efforts method of accounting for its investment in oil and natural gas properties. Under the successful efforts method, the costs of successful exploratory wells and leases containing productive reserves were capitalized. Costs incurred to drill and equip developmental wells, including unsuccessful development wells were also capitalized. Other costs such as geological and geophysical costs and the drilling costs of unsuccessful exploratory wells were expensed. SPN Resources’ property purchases were recorded at the value exchanged at closing, combined with an estimate of its proportionate share of the decommissioning liability assumed in the purchase. All capitalized costs were accumulated and recorded separately for each field and allocated to leasehold costs and well costs. Leasehold costs were depleted on a units-of-production basis based on the estimated remaining equivalent proved oil and gas reserves of each field. Well costs were depleted on a units-of-production basis based on the estimated remaining equivalent proved developed oil and gas reserves of each field.
 
      Oil and gas properties were assessed for impairment in value on a field-by-field basis whenever impairment indicators became evident. The Company used its estimate of future revenues and operating expenses to test the capitalized costs for impairment. In the event net undiscounted cash flows were less than the carrying value, an impairment loss was recorded based on the present value of expected future net cash flows over the economic lives of the reserves.
 
  (i)   Goodwill
 
      The Company accounts for goodwill and other intangible assets in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142 (FAS No. 142), “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” FAS No. 142 requires that goodwill as well as other intangible assets with indefinite lives no longer be amortized, but instead tested annually for impairment. To test for impairment at December 31, 2008, the Company identifies its reporting units (which are consistent with the Company’s operating segments) and determines the carrying value of each reporting unit by assigning the assets and liabilities, including goodwill and intangible assets, to the reporting units. The Company then estimates the fair value of each reporting unit and compares it to the reporting unit’s carrying value. Based on this test, the fair values of the reporting units exceeded the carrying amounts. No impairment loss was recognized in the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 or 2006 under this method. Goodwill increased by approximately $3.7 million and $38.6 million in 2008 and 2007, respectively, as a result of the Company’s business acquisition and disposition activities. In 2008, goodwill also increased $1.4 million as a result of additional consideration paid for a prior acquisition. Additionally, goodwill decreased in 2008 by approximately $11.8 million as the result of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Goodwill has been allocated to the Company’s reportable segments as follows: $332.1 million to the well intervention segment; $134.6 million to the rental tools segment; and $11.2 million to the marine segment.
 
      If among other factors, (1) the Company’s equity value remains depressed or declines further, (2) the fair value of the reporting units decline, or (3) the adverse impacts of economic or competitive factors are worse than anticipated, the Company could conclude in future periods that impairment losses are required in order to reduce the carrying value of its goodwill, and, to a lesser extent, long-lived assets.
 
  (j)   Notes Receivable
 
      Prior to the sale of 75% of its interest in SPN Resources, the Company recorded notes receivable consisting of commitments from the sellers of oil and gas properties towards the abandonment of the acquired properties. Pursuant to the agreement with the sellers, the Company invoiced the sellers agreed

42


Table of Contents

      upon amounts at the completion of certain decommissioning activities. These receivables were recorded at present value, and the related discounts were amortized to interest income, based on the expected timing of the related decommissioning activities
(see note 4).
 
  (k)   Intangible and Other Long-Term Assets
 
      Intangible and other long-term assets consist of the following at December 31, 2008 and 2007 (amounts in thousands):
                                                 
    December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
    Gross     Accumulated     Net     Gross     Accumulated     Net  
    Amount     Amortization     Balance     Amount     Amortization     Balance  
Customer relationships
  $ 108,811     $ (14,424 )   $ 94,387     $ 108,561     $ (7,024 )   $ 101,537  
Tradenames
    15,812       (1,813 )     13,999       15,766       (896 )     14,870  
Non-compete agreements
    1,705       (1,071 )     634       1,375       (457 )     918  
Debt acquisition costs
    19,896       (6,781 )     13,115       19,896       (3,572 )     16,324  
Deferred compensation plan assets
    7,212             7,212       7,611             7,611  
Other
    586       (258 )     328       481       (192 )     289  
 
                                   
Total
  $ 154,022     $ (24,347 )   $ 129,675     $ 153,690     $ (12,141 )   $ 141,549  
 
                                   
      Customer relationships, tradenames, and non-compete agreements are amortized using the straight-line method over the life of the related asset with weighted average useful lives of 15 years, 18 years, and 3 years, respectively. Debt acquisition costs are amortized primarily using the effective interest method over the life of the related debt agreements with a weighted average useful life of 7 years. Amortization of debt acquisition costs is recorded in interest expense. Amortization expense (exclusive of debt acquisition costs) was approximately $9.1 million, $7.8 million, and $0.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Estimated annual amortization of intangible assets (exclusive of debt acquisition costs) will be approximately $8.5 million for each of the next five years, excluding the effects of any acquisitions or dispositions subsequent to December 31, 2008.
 
  (l)   Decommissioning Liability
 
      Prior to the sale of 75% of its interest in SPN Resources, the Company recorded estimated future decommissioning liabilities related to its oil and gas producing properties pursuant to the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 143 (FAS No. 143), “Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations.” FAS No. 143 requires entities to record the fair value of a liability at estimated present value for an asset retirement obligation (decommissioning liabilities) in the period in which it is incurred with a corresponding increase in the carrying amount of the related long-lived asset. Subsequent to initial measurement, the decommissioning liability was required to be accreted each period to present value.

43


Table of Contents

      The following table summarizes the activity for the Company’s decommissioning liability for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 (amounts in thousands):
                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007  
Decommissioning liabilities, beginning of period
  $ 124,970     $ 122,196  
Liabilities acquired and incurred
          300  
Liabilities disposed or settled
    (104,362 )     (2,769 )
Accretion
    1,019       4,438  
Revision in estimated liabilities
    (21,627 )     805  
 
           
Total decommissioning liabilities, end of period
          124,970  
Less: current portion
          36,812  
 
           
Decommissioning liabilities
  $     $ 88,158  
 
           
  (m)   Revenue Recognition
 
      Revenue is recognized when services or equipment are provided. The Company contracts for marine, well intervention and environmental projects either on a day rate or turnkey basis, with a majority of its projects conducted on a day rate basis. The Company’s rental tools are rented on a day rate basis, and revenue from the sale of equipment is recognized when the equipment is shipped. Reimbursements from customers for the cost of rental tools that are damaged or lost down-hole are reflected as revenue at the time of the incident. The Company accounted for the revenue and related costs on its contract to construct a derrick barge for a third party on the percentage-of-completion method utilizing engineering estimates and construction progress (see note 7). Additionally, the Company is accounting for the revenue and related costs on a large-scale platform decommissioning contract on the percentage-of-completion method utilizing costs incurred as a percentage of total estimated costs (see note 7). Prior to the sale of 75% of its interest in SPN Resources, the Company recognized oil and gas revenue from its interests in producing wells as oil and natural gas was sold from those wells.
 
  (n)   Taxes Collected from Customers
 
      Pursuant to Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 06-3, “How Taxes Collected from Customers and Remitted to Governmental Authorities Should Be Presented in the Income Statement,” the Company elected to net taxes collected from customers against those remitted to government authorities in the financial statements consistent with the historical presentation of this information.
 
  (o)   Income Taxes
 
      The Company provides for income taxes in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109 (FAS No. 109), “Accounting for Income Taxes.” FAS No. 109 requires an asset and liability approach for financial accounting and reporting for income taxes. Deferred income taxes reflect the impact of temporary differences between amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and such amounts as measured by tax laws.
 
  (p)   Earnings per Share
 
      Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed in the same manner as basic earnings per share except that the denominator is increased to include the number of additional common shares that could have been outstanding assuming the exercise of stock options and restricted stock units and the potential shares that would have a dilutive effect on earnings per share.

44


Table of Contents

      In connection with the Company’s outstanding senior exchangeable notes, there could be a dilutive effect on earnings per share if the price of the Company’s common stock exceeds the initial exchange price of $45.58 per share for a specified period of time. In the event the Company’s common stock exceeds $45.58 per share for a specified period of time, the first $1.00 the price exceeds $45.58 would cause a dilutive effect of approximately 188,400 shares. As the share price continues to increase, dilution would continue to occur but at a declining rate. The impact on the calculation of earnings per share varies depending on when during the quarter the $45.58 per share price is reached (see note 8).
 
  (q)   Financial Instruments
 
      The fair value of the Company’s financial instruments of cash equivalents, accounts receivable, equity-method investments and current maturities of long-term debt approximates their carrying amounts. The fair value of the Company’s long-term debt is approximately $515.5 million at December 31, 2008.
 
  (r)   Foreign Currency
 
      Results of operations for foreign subsidiaries with functional currencies other than the U.S. dollar are translated using average exchange rates during the period. Assets and liabilities of these foreign subsidiaries are translated using the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet dates, and the resulting translation adjustments are reported as accumulated other comprehensive income in the Company’s stockholders’ equity.
 
      For non-U.S. subsidiaries where the functional currency is the U.S. dollar, financial statements are remeasured into U.S. dollars using the historical exchange rate for most of the long-term assets and liabilities and the balance sheet dates exchange rate for most of the current assets and liabilities. An average exchange rate is used for each period for revenues and expenses. These transaction gains and losses, as well as any other transactions in a currency other than the functional currency, are included in general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations in the period in which the currency exchange rates change. The Company recorded approximately $(4.3) million, $0.5 million, and $0.8 million of these transaction (gains) losses in general and administrative expenses in the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
  (s)   Stock-Based Compensation
 
      Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R) (FAS No. 123(R)), “Share-Based Payment (as amended),” which requires that compensation costs relating to share based payment transactions be recognized in the financial statements. The cost is measured at the grant date, based on the calculated fair value of the award, and is recognized as an expense over the employee’s requisite service period (generally the vesting period of the equity award).
 
  (t)   Hedging Activities
 
      The Company entered into hedging transactions in 2004 that expired on August 31, 2006 to secure a commodity price for a portion of its oil production and to reduce its exposure to oil price fluctuations. The Company does not enter into derivative transactions for trading purposes. The Company used financially-settled crude oil swaps and zero-cost collars that provided floor and ceiling prices with varying upside price participation. The Company’s swaps and zero-cost collars were designated and accounted for as cash flow hedges. For the year ended December 31, 2006, hedging settlement payments reduced oil and gas revenue by approximately $13.8 million. The Company did not record any gains or losses due to hedge ineffectiveness for this period.
 
      During 2008, the Company entered into forward foreign exchange contracts to hedge the impact of foreign currency fluctuations. The forward foreign exchange contracts generally have maturities ranging from one to eighteen months. The Company does not enter into forward foreign exchange contracts for trading purposes. At December 31, 2008, the Company had foreign currency forward contracts outstanding in order to hedge exposure to currency fluctuations between the British Pound Sterling and

45


Table of Contents

      the Euro. These contracts are not designated as hedges, for hedge accounting, and are marked to fair market value each period. Based on the exchange rates as of December 31, 2008, the Company recorded an immaterial gain to adjust these forward contracts to their fair market value. The counterparties to the forward contracts are major financial institutions. In the event that the counterparties fail to meet the terms of the forward contract, the Company’s exposure is limited to the foreign currency rate differential.
 
  (u)   Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
 
      The following table reconciles the change in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 (amounts in thousands):
                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007  
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net, December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively
  $ 9,078     $ 10,288  
 
               
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax:
               
Hedging activities:
               
Unrealized gain (loss) on hedging activities for equity-method investments, net of tax of $3,794 in 2008 and ($1,515) in 2007
    6,460       (2,580 )
Foreign currency translation adjustment
    (48,179 )     1,370  
 
           
Total other comprehensive loss
    (41,719 )     (1,210 )
 
           
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net, December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively
  $ (32,641 )   $ 9,078  
 
           

46


Table of Contents

(2) Supplemental Cash Flow Information
The following table includes the Company’s supplemental cash flow information for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 (amounts in thousands):
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
Cash paid for interest
  $ 29,621     $ 32,049     $ 32,295  
 
                 
Cash paid for income taxes
  $ 70,481     $ 69,233     $ 100,431  
 
                 
Details of business acquisitions:
                       
Fair value of assets
  $ 8,589     $ 148,658     $ 460,771  
Fair value of liabilities
    (179 )     (32,757 )     (76,887 )
Note payable due on acquisition
          (300 )      
Common stock issued
                (136,341 )
 
                 
Cash paid
    8,410       115,601       247,543  
Less cash acquired
          (4,628 )     (8,204 )
 
                 
Net cash paid for acquisitions
  $ 8,410     $ 110,973     $ 239,339  
 
                 
Details of oil and gas property acquisitions:
                       
Fair value of assets received
  $     $ 12,806     $ 50,350  
Fair value of assets disposed
          (4,806 )      
Fair value of liabilities
                (3,719 )
 
                 
Cash paid
          8,000       46,631  
Less cash acquired
                 
 
                 
Net cash paid for acquisitions
  $     $ 8,000     $ 46,631  
 
                 
Details of proceeds from sale of businesses:
                       
Book value of assets
  $ 297,321     $ 12,617     $ 19,855  
Book value of liabilities
    (118,894 )           (1,168 )
Note receivable due from sale
          (2,000 )      
Investment retained
    (48,571 )            
Liability retained
    2,900              
Gain on sale of business
    40,946       7,483        
 
                 
Cash received
    173,702       18,100       18,687  
Less cash sold
    (18,390 )           (344 )
 
                 
Net cash proceeds from sale of businesses
  $ 155,312     $ 18,100     $ 18,343  
 
                 
 
                       
Non-cash financing activity:
                       
Deferred tax asset on purchase of common stock call options related to exchangeable notes
  $     $     $ 35,520  
 
                 
(3) Stock Based and Long-Term Compensation
The Company maintains various stock incentive plans that provide long-term incentives to the Company’s key employees, including officers, directors, consultants and advisers (Eligible Participants). Under the incentive plans, the Company may grant incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, other stock based awards or any combination thereof to Eligible Participants. The Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors establishes the term and the exercise price of any stock options granted under the plans, provided the exercise price may not be less than the fair value of the common stock on the date of grant.

47


Table of Contents

Stock Options
The Company has granted non-qualified stock options under its stock incentive plans. The options generally vest in equal installments over three years and expire in ten years. Non-vested options are generally forfeited upon termination of employment. In 2008, the Company amended the employee stock options to (i) provide immediate vesting of the stock options upon the optionee’s termination of employment due to death and disability, and, if approved by the Committee, upon retirement and termination of employment by the Company without cause, (ii) make the period during which stock options can be exercised following termination of employment due to death, disability and retirement consistent among all outstanding option agreements by providing that the optionee has until the end of the original term of the stock option to exercise, and (iii) extend the time during which the stock option may be exercised following a termination by the Company without cause or a termination without cause within one year following a change of control to five years following the termination, but in no event later than ten years following the date of grant. During 2008, the Company granted 437,530 non-qualified stock options from its 2005 Stock Incentive Plan under these same terms.
Beginning January 1, 2006, the Company adopted FAS No. 123(R) and began recognizing compensation expense for stock option grants based on the fair value at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model. With the adoption of FAS No. 123(R), the Company has contracted a third party to assist in the valuation of option grants. The Company uses historical data, among other factors, to estimate the expected price volatility, the expected option life and the expected forfeiture rate. The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for the expected life of the option. The following table presents the fair value of stock option grants made during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 and the related assumptions used to calculate the fair value:
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    Actual     Actual     Actual  
Weighted average fair value of grants
  $ 6.40     $ 14.34     $ 13.02  
 
                 
Black-Scholes-Merton Assumptions:
                       
Risk free interest rate
    2.54 %     3.67 %     4.57 %
Expected life (years)
    4       5       5  
Volatility
    55.05 %     38.90 %     44.36 %
Dividend yield
                 
The Company’s compensation expense related to stock options for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was approximately $2.6 million, $1.5 million and $0.8 million, respectively, which is reflected in general and administrative expenses.

48


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes stock option activity for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006:
                                 
                    Weighted        
                    Average        
            Weighted     Remaining     Aggregate  
    Number of     Average     Contractual     Intrinsic Value  
    Options     Option Price     Term (in years)     (in thousands)  
Outstanding at December 31, 2005
    3,893,633     $ 11.44                  
 
                               
Granted
    340,217     $ 29.00                  
Exercised
    (244,047 )   $ 11.48                  
Forfeited
    (18,917 )   $ 16.85                  
 
                             
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2006
    3,970,886     $ 12.91                  
 
                               
Granted
    157,035     $ 35.84                  
Exercised
    (867,916 )   $ 9.72                  
Forfeited
    (2,333 )   $ 9.20                  
 
                             
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2007
    3,257,672     $ 14.87                  
 
                               
Granted
    437,530     $ 13.86                  
Exercised
    (426,592 )   $ 10.02                  
Forfeited
    (700 )   $ 9.31                  
 
                             
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2008
    3,267,910     $ 15.37       6.3     $ 10,801  
 
                       
Exercisable at December 31, 2008
    2,629,698     $ 14.33       5.5     $ 9,513  
 
                       
Options expected to vest
    638,212     $ 19.63       9.3     $ 1,288  
 
                       
The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the difference between the Company’s closing stock price on December 31, 2008 and the option price, multiplied by the number of “in-the-money” options) that would have been received by the option holders if all the options had been exercised on December 31, 2008. The Company expects all of its remaining non-vested options to vest as they are primarily held by its officers and senior managers.
The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2008 (the difference between the stock price upon exercise and the option price) was approximately $14.6 million. The Company received approximately $4.3 million, $8.4 million and $2.8 million during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, from employee stock option exercises. In accordance with FAS No. 123(R), the Company has reported the tax benefits of approximately $5.4 million, $9.4 million and $1.4 million from the exercise of stock options for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, as financing cash flows.

49


Table of Contents

A summary of information regarding stock options outstanding at December 31, 2008 is as follows:
                                         
    Options Outstanding   Options Exercisable
Range of           Weighted Average   Weighted           Weighted
Exercise           Remaining   Average           Average
Prices   Shares   Contractual Life   Price   Shares   Price
 
$7.31 - $8.79
    106,498     3.9 years   $ 8.59       106,498     $ 8.59  
$9.31 - $9.90
    388,330     2.9 years   $ 9.42       388,330     $ 9.42  
$10.36 - $10.90
    1,173,600     5.6 years   $ 10.66       1,173,600     $ 10.66  
$12.45 - $12.86
    424,584     9.8 years   $ 12.86       5,000     $ 12.45  
$17.46 - $25.00
    872,300     6.6 years   $ 19.30       806,967     $ 18.83  
$34.40 - $35.84
    294,185     8.5 years   $ 35.73       146,498     $ 35.75  
$40.00 - $40.69
    8,413     9.2 years   $ 40.69       2,805     $ 40.69  
The following table summarizes non-vested stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2008:
                 
            Weighted  
            Average  
    Number of     Grant Date  
    Options     Fair Value  
Non-vested at December 31, 2007
    383,851     $ 13.87  
Granted
    437,530     $ 6.40  
Vested
    (183,169 )   $ 12.40  
Forfeited
        $  
 
             
 
Non-vested at December 31, 2008
    638,212     $ 8.67  
 
           
As of December 31, 2008, there was approximately $4.7 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested stock options outstanding. The Company expects to recognize approximately $2.3 million, $1.6 million and $0.8 million of compensation expense during the years 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively, for these non-vested stock options outstanding.
Restricted Stock
During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company granted 511,410 shares of restricted stock to its employees. Restricted stock grants vest in equal annual installments over three years. Non-vested shares are generally forfeited upon the termination of employment. Holders of restricted stock are entitled to all rights of a shareholder of the Company with respect to the restricted stock, including the right to vote the shares and receive all dividends and other distributions declared thereon. Compensation expense associated with restricted stock is measured based on the grant date fair value of our common stock and is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. The Company’s compensation expense related to restricted stock outstanding for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was approximately $4.7 million, $2.7 million and $1.0 million, respectively, which is reflected in general and administrative expenses.

50


Table of Contents

A summary of the status of restricted stock for the year ended December 31, 2008 is presented in the table below:
                 
            Weighted  
    Number of     Average Grant  
    Shares     Date Fair Value  
Non-vested at December 31, 2007
    377,174     $ 33.67  
Granted
    511,410     $ 13.97  
Vested
    (93,986 )   $ 30.81  
Forfeited
    (10,298 )   $ 34.04  
 
             
 
Non-vested at December 31, 2008
    784,300     $ 21.15  
 
           
As of December 31, 2008, there was approximately $11.7 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested restricted stock. The Company expects to recognize approximately $5.7 million, $4.0 million and $2.0 million during the years 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively, for non-vested restricted stock.
Restricted Stock Units
Under the Amended and Restated 2004 Directors Restricted Stock Units Plan, each non-employee director is issued a number of Restricted Stock Units (RSUs) having an aggregate dollar value determined by the Board of Directors. The exact number of units is determined by dividing the dollar value determined by the Board of Directors by the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the day of the annual stockholders’ meeting or a pro rata amount if the appointment occurs subsequent to the annual stockholders’ meeting. An RSU represents the right to receive from the Company, within 30 days of the date the director ceases to serve on the Board, one share of the Company’s common stock. As a result of this plan, 59,668 restricted stock units were outstanding at December 31, 2008. The Company’s expense related to RSUs for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was approximately $0.8 million, $1.0 million and $0.9 million, respectively, which is reflected in general and administrative expenses.
A summary of the activity of restricted stock units for the year ended December 31, 2008 is presented in the table below:
                 
    Number of     Weighted  
    Restricted     Average Grant  
    Stock Units     Date Fair Value  
Outstanding at December 31, 2007
    58,368     $ 27.91  
Granted
    15,859     $ 52.97  
Converted to common stock
    (14,559 )   $ 22.05  
 
             
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2008
    59,668     $ 34.01  
 
           
Performance Share Units
The Company has issued Performance Share Units (PSUs) to its employees as part of the Company’s long-term incentive program. There is a three year performance period associated with each PSU grant date. The two performance measures applicable to all participants are the Company’s return on invested capital and total shareholder return relative to those of the Company’s pre-defined “peer group.” The PSUs provide for settlement in cash or up to 50% in equivalent value in the Company’s common stock, if the participant has met specified continued service requirements. At December 31, 2008, there were 235,451 PSUs outstanding (29,712, 51,035, 72,669, and 82,035 related to performance periods ending December 31, 2008, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively). The Company’s compensation expense related to all outstanding PSUs for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was approximately $6.7 million, $7.2 million and $3.5 million, respectively, which is reflected in

51


Table of Contents

general and administrative expenses. The Company has recorded a current liability of approximately $5.6 million and $5.9 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, for outstanding PSUs, which is reflected in accrued expenses. Additionally, the Company has recorded a long-term liability of approximately $6.9 million and $5.9 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, for outstanding PSUs, which is reflected in other long-term liabilities. In 2008, the Company paid approximately $2.9 million in cash and issued approximately 74,400 shares of its common stock to its employees to settle PSUs for the performance period ended December 31, 2007.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
In the third quarter of 2007, the Company adopted employee stock purchase plans under which an aggregate of 1,250,000 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance. Under these stock purchase plans, eligible employees can purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at a discount. The Company received $1.6 million and $0.8 million related to shares issued under these plans for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company recorded compensation expense of approximately $275,000 and $143,000, respectively, which is reflected in general and administrative expenses. Additionally, the Company issued approximately 57,000 and 26,000 shares for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, related to these stock purchase plans.
(4) Acquisitions and Dispositions
On March 14, 2008, the Company completed the sale of 75% of its interest in SPN Resources, LLC (SPN Resources). As part of this transaction, SPN Resources contributed an undivided 25% of its working interest in each of its oil and gas properties to a newly formed subsidiary and then sold all of its equity interest in the subsidiary. SPN Resources then effectively sold 66 2/3% of its outstanding membership interests. These two transactions generated cash proceeds to the Company of approximately $167.2 million and resulted in a pre-tax gain of approximately $37.1 million. SPN Resources’ operations constituted substantially all of the Company’s oil and gas segment. Subsequent to March 14, 2008, the Company accounts for its remaining 33 1/3% interest in SPN Resources using the equity-method of accounting. The results of SPN Resources’ operations through March 14, 2008 were consolidated.
Additionally, the Company retained preferential rights on certain service work and entered into a turnkey contract to perform well abandonment and decommissioning work associated with oil and gas properties owned and operated by SPN Resources. The turnkey contract covers only routine end of life well abandonment and pipeline and platform decommissioning for properties owned and operated by SPN Resources at the date of closing and has a remaining fixed price of approximately $147.4 million as of December 31, 2008. Based on current estimates, the work is expected to be performed between 2009 and 2022, with over 90% performed after 2009.
As part of SPN Resources’ acquisition of its oil and gas properties, the Company guaranteed SPN Resources’ performance of its decommissioning liabilities. In accordance with FASB Interpretation No. 45 (FIN 45), “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others (as amended),” the Company has assigned an estimated value of $2.9 million related to decommissioning performance guarantees, which is reflected in other long-term liabilities. The Company believes that the likelihood of being required to perform these guarantees is remote. In the unlikely event that SPN Resources defaults on the decommissioning liabilities existing at the closing date, the total maximum potential obligation under these guarantees is estimated to be approximately $117.1 million, net of the contractual right to receive payments from third parties, which is approximately $30.3 million, as of December 31, 2008. The total maximum potential obligation will decrease over time as the underlying obligations are fulfilled by SPN Resources.
In August 2007, the Company sold the assets of a non-core rental tool business for approximately $16.3 million in cash and $2.0 million in an interest-bearing note receivable. As a result of this sale, the Company recorded a pre-tax gain of approximately $7.5 million in 2007. As certain conditions were met during the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company received cash of approximately $6.0 million, which resulted in an additional pre-tax gain on the sale of the business of approximately $3.3 million.
In April 2007, the Company acquired Advanced Oilwell Services, Inc. (AOS) for approximately $24.2 million in cash consideration. Additional consideration, if any, will be based upon the average earnings before interest,

52


Table of Contents

income taxes, depreciation and amortization expense over a three year period, and will not exceed $7.4 million. AOS is a provider of cementing and pressure pumping services primarily operating in the East Texas region. The acquisition has been accounted for as a purchase, and the results of operations have been included from the acquisition date.
In January 2007, the Company acquired Duffy & McGovern Accommodation Services Limited (Duffy & McGovern) for approximately $47.5 million in cash consideration. Duffy & McGovern is a provider of offshore accommodation rentals operating in most deep water oil and gas territories with major operations in Europe, Africa, the Americas and South East Asia. The acquisition has been accounted for as a purchase, and the results of operations have been included from the acquisition date.
The Company made other business acquisitions, which were not material on an individual or cumulative basis, for cash consideration of $7.0 million and $43.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. SPN Resources acquired additional oil and gas producing assets in December 2007 for approximately $12.8 million consisting of $8.0 million in cash consideration and exchanged other oil and gas producing assets with a fair value and net book value of approximately $4.8 million. The Company also sold the assets of its field management division in 2007 for approximately $1.8 million in cash. As certain conditions were met during the year ended December 31, 2008 in conjunction with the sale of this division, the Company received cash of $0.5 million, which resulted in an additional pre-tax gain on the sale of the business.
Several of the Company’s prior business acquisitions require future payments if specific conditions are met. As of December 31, 2008, the maximum additional contingent consideration payable was approximately $27.4 million and will be determined and payable through 2012. These amounts are not classified as liabilities under generally accepted accounting principles and are not reflected in the Company’s financial statements until the amounts are fixed and determinable. When they are determined, they are capitalized as part of the purchase price of the related acquisition. The Company capitalized and paid additional consideration of approximately $1.4 million and $0.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, as a result of prior acquisitions.
(5) Property, Plant and Equipment
A summary of property, plant and equipment at December 31, 2008 and 2007 (in thousands) is as follows:
                 
    2008     2007  
Buildings, improvements and leasehold improvements
  $ 83,820     $ 64,459  
Marine vessels and equipment
    289,438       224,856  
Machinery and equipment
    1,113,130       857,762  
Automobiles, trucks, tractors and trailers
    48,820       42,981  
Furniture and fixtures
    25,475       21,784  
Construction-in-progress
    93,864       73,762  
Land
    10,934       9,250  
 
           
 
    1,665,481       1,294,854  
Accumulated depreciation
    (550,540 )     (416,502 )
 
           
Property, plant and equipment, net
  $ 1,114,941     $ 878,352  
 
           
 
               
Oil and gas assets
          307,674  
Accumulated depletion
          (99,618 )
 
           
Oil and gas assets, net, under the successful efforts method of accounting
  $     $ 208,056  
 
           
The Company had approximately $15 million and $13 million of leasehold improvements at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. These leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the life of the asset or the life of the lease using the straight-line method. Depreciation expense (excluding depletion, amortization and accretion) was approximately $163.6 million, $121.3 million and $79.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

53


Table of Contents

(6) Equity-Method Investments
Investments in entities that are not controlled by the Company, but where the Company has the ability to exercise influence over the operations are accounted for using the equity-method. The Company’s share of the income or losses of these entities is reflected as earnings or losses from equity-method investments on its Consolidated Statements of Operations.
The Company, where possible and at competitive rates, provides its products and services to assist SPN Resources and Beryl Oil and Gas L.P. (BOG), investments that are accounted for by the Company using the equity-method, in producing and developing their oil and gas properties. The Company also reduces its revenue and its investment in SPN Resources and BOG for its respective ownership interest when products and services are provided to and capitalized by SPN Resources and BOG. The Company records these amounts in revenue as SPN Resources and BOG record the related depreciation and depletion expenses. Prior to the sale of 75% of its interest in SPN Resources, the Company provided operating and administrative support services to BOG and received reimbursement for general and administrative and direct expenses incurred on behalf of BOG.
On March 14, 2008, the Company sold 75% of its original interest in SPN Resources (see note 4). The Company’s equity-method investment balance in SPN Resources is approximately $65.2 million at December 31, 2008. The Company recorded earnings from its equity-method investment in SPN Resources of approximately $34.3 million from the date of sale through December 31, 2008. The Company also received $17.0 million of cash distributions from its equity-method investment in SPN Resources from the date of sale through December 31, 2008. The Company has a receivable from SPN Resources of approximately $2.4 million at December 31, 2008. The Company also recorded revenue of approximately $15.2 million from SPN Resources from the date of sale through December 31, 2008. The Company recorded a net decrease in revenue and its investment in SPN Resources of approximately $0.7 million from the date of sale through December 31, 2008. Based on preliminary, unaudited reserve reports, the Company’s proportionate share of SPN Resources’ total proved reserves approximates 2,359 Mbbls and 8,670 Mmcf of gas at December 31, 2008.
The Company owns a 40% interest in BOG. The Company’s total cash contribution for its equity-method investment in BOG was approximately $57.8 million. The Company has not made additional contributions since its initial investment. The Company’s equity-method investment balance in BOG is approximately $56.4 million and $56.0 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The Company recorded earnings (losses) from its equity-method investment in BOG of approximately ($9.9) million, ($3.0) million and $5.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The Company has a receivable from BOG of approximately $1.0 million and $1.9 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The Company offset its general and administrative expenses by approximately $4.1 million and $1.7 million for the reimbursements due from BOG for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The Company also recorded revenue of approximately $2.1 million, $8.0 million and $1.4 million from BOG for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The Company also recorded a net increase (decrease) in its investment in BOG of $10.2 million and ($4.1) million for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, for its proportionate share of accumulated other comprehensive income generated from hedging transactions. The Company recorded a net increase (reduction) in revenue and its investment in BOG of approximately $112,000, ($606,000), and ($23,000) for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. Based on preliminary unaudited reserve reports, the Company’s proportionate share of BOG’s total proved oil reserves approximates 1,612 Mbbls, 1,832 Mbbls and 1,976 Mbbls at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Additionally, the Company’s unaudited proportionate share of BOG’s total gas reserves approximates 31,006 Mmcf, 30,258 Mmcf and 35,535 Mmcf at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
BOG has outstanding debt of approximately $300 million. This credit facility contains customary events of default and requires that BOG satisfy various financial covenants. Based on preliminary, unaudited results, BOG anticipates that it will breach one of these covenants as of December 31, 2008. BOG is in the process of renegotiating the terms and conditions of these covenants. The Company has not guaranteed BOG’s debt and the lenders have no recourse against the Company beyond its investment of $56.4 million at December 31, 2008.

54


Table of Contents

Also included in equity-method investments at both December 31, 2008 and 2007 is approximately a $0.7 million investment for a 50% ownership in a company that owns an airplane. Earnings from the equity-method investment in this company were not material for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 or 2006. The Company also received $0.3 million of cash distributions from its equity-method investment in this company for the year ended December 31, 2008. The Company recorded approximately $0.2 million in expense to lease the airplane (exclusive of operating costs) from this company for years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.
Combined summarized financial information for all investments that are accounted for using the equity-method of accounting is as follows (in thousands):
                         
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
Current Assets
  $ 245,416     $ 130,334  
Noncurrent assets
    645,324       464,862  
 
           
Total assets
  $ 890,740     $ 595,196  
 
           
 
               
Current liabilities
  $ 407,718     $ 73,746  
Noncurrent liabilities
    124,139       379,802  
 
           
Total liabilities
  $ 531,857     $ 453,548  
 
           
 
               
Minority interests
  $ 122,309     $ 56,961  
 
           
 
    Year Ended December 31,
    2008     2007     2006  
Revenues
  $ 315,895     $ 224,205     $ 119,088  
Cost of sales
    238,656       175,872       93,551  
 
                 
Gross profit
  $ 77,239     $ 48,333     $ 25,537  
 
                 
 
                       
Income from continuing operations
  $ 58,680     $ 35,163     $ 18,982  
 
                 
 
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ 92,541     $ (8,619 )   $ 14,714  
 
                 
(7) Long-Term Contracts
In December 2007, the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, Wild Well Control, Inc. (Wild Well), entered into contractual arrangements pursuant to which it will decommission seven downed oil and gas platforms and related well facilities located offshore in the Gulf of Mexico for a fixed sum of $750 million, which is payable in installments upon the completion of specified portions of work. The contract contains certain covenants primarily related to Wild Well’s performance of the work. The work could take up to three years to complete and began in the first quarter of 2008. The revenue related to the contract for decommissioning these downed platforms and well facilities is recorded on the percentage-of-completion method utilizing costs incurred as a percentage of total estimated costs. Included in other current assets at December 31, 2008 is approximately $164.3 million of costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings related to this contract.
In connection with the sale of 75% of its interest in SPN Resources, the Company retained preferential rights on certain service work and entered into a turnkey contract to perform well abandonment and decommissioning work associated with oil and gas properties owned and operated by SPN Resources. This contract covers only routine end of life well abandonment, pipeline and platform decommissioning for properties owned and operated by SPN Resources at the date of closing and has a remaining fixed price of approximately $147.4 million as of December 31, 2008. The turnkey contract will consist of numerous, separate billable jobs estimated to be performed between 2009 and 2022. Each job is short-term in duration and will be individually recorded on the percentage-of-completion method utilizing costs incurred as a percentage of total estimated costs.
In July 2006, the Company contracted to construct a derrick barge for a third party for approximately $53.7 million. The revenue for the contract to construct the derrick barge to the customer’s specifications was recorded on the percentage-of-completion method. This derrick barge was delivered and accepted by the third party in June 2008.

55


Table of Contents

As such, there were no billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings related to this contract as of December 31, 2008. Included in accrued expenses at December 31, 2007 is approximately $25.0 million of billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings related to this contract.
(8) Long-Term Debt
The Company’s long-term debt as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 consisted of the following (in thousands):
                 
    2008     2007  
Senior Notes — interest payable semiannually at 6.875%, due June 2014
  $ 300,000     $ 300,000  
Discount on 6.875% Senior Notes
    (3,336 )     (3,825 )
Senior Exchangeable Notes — interest payable semiannually at 1.5% until December 2011 and 1.25% thereafter, due December 2026
    400,000       400,000  
U.S. Government guaranteed long-term financing — interest payable semianually at 6.45%, due in semiannual installments through June 2027
    14,976       15,786  
Revolver — interest payable monthly at floating rate, due in June 2011
           
 
           
 
    711,640       711,961  
Less current portion
    810       810  
 
           
Long-term debt
  $ 710,830     $ 711,151  
 
           
The Company has a $250 million bank revolving credit facility. Any balance outstanding on the revolving credit facility is due on June 14, 2011. At December 31, 2008, the Company had no borrowings under this revolving credit facility but had letters of credit outstanding of approximately $9.2 million, which reduce the Company’s borrowing capacity under the revolving credit facility. Amounts borrowed under the credit facility bear interest at a LIBOR rate plus margins that depend on the Company’s leverage ratio. Indebtedness under the credit facility is secured by substantially all of the Company’s assets, including the pledge of the stock of the Company’s principal subsidiaries. The credit facility contains customary events of default and requires that the Company satisfy various financial covenants. It also limits the Company’s ability to pay dividends or make other distributions, make acquisitions, make changes to the Company’s capital structure, create liens or incur additional indebtedness. At December 31, 2008, the Company was in compliance with all such covenants.
The Company has $15.0 million outstanding in U. S. Government guaranteed long-term financing under Title XI of the Merchant Marine Act of 1936, which is administered by the Maritime Administration (MARAD) for two 245-foot class liftboats. The debt bears an interest rate of 6.45% per annum and is payable in equal semi-annual installments of $405,000, on every June 3rd and December 3rd through the maturity date of June 3, 2027. The Company’s obligations are secured by mortgages on the two liftboats. In accordance with this agreement, the Company is required to comply with certain covenants and restrictions, including the maintenance of minimum net worth and debt-to-equity requirements. At December 31, 2008, the Company was in compliance with all such covenants. This long-term financing ranks equally with the bank credit facility and both are secured by different collateral.
The Company has $300 million of 6 7/8% unsecured senior notes due 2014. The indenture governing the notes requires semi-annual interest payments on every June 1st and December 1st through the maturity date of June 1, 2014. The indenture contains certain covenants that, among other things, limit the Company from incurring additional debt, repurchasing capital stock, paying dividends or making other distributions, incurring liens, selling assets or entering into certain mergers or acquisitions. At December 31, 2008, the Company was in compliance with all such covenants.

56


Table of Contents

The Company also has $400 million of 1.50% unsecured senior exchangeable notes due 2026. The exchangeable notes bear interest at a rate of 1.50% per annum and decrease to 1.25% per annum on December 15, 2011. Interest on the notes is payable semi-annually on December 15th and June 15th of each year through the maturity date of December 15, 2026. The exchangeable notes do not contain any restrictive financial covenants.
Under certain circumstances, holders may exchange the 1.50% exchangeable notes for shares of the Company’s common stock. The initial exchange rate is 21.9414 shares of common stock per $1,000 principal amount of notes. This is equal to an initial exchange price of $45.58 per share. The exchange price represents a 35% premium over the closing share price at the date of issuance. The notes may be exchanged under the following circumstances:
    during any fiscal quarter (and only during such fiscal quarter) commencing after March 31, 2007, if the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock is greater than or equal to 135% of the applicable exchange price of the notes for at least 20 trading days in the period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the preceding fiscal quarter;
 
    prior to December 15, 2011, during the five business-day period after any ten consecutive trading-day period (the “measurement period”) in which the trading price of $1,000 principal amount of notes for each trading day in the measurement period was less than 95% of the product of the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock and the exchange rate on such trading day;
 
    if the notes have been called for redemption;
 
    upon the occurrence of specified corporate transactions; or
 
    at any time beginning on September 15, 2026, and ending at the close of business on the second business day immediately preceding the maturity date.
In connection with the exchangeable note transaction, the Company entered into agreements to purchase call options and sell warrants on its common stock (see note 10). The Company may exercise the call options it purchased at any time to acquire approximately 8.8 million shares of its common stock at a strike price of $45.58 per share. The owners of the warrants may exercise the warrants to purchase from the Company approximately 8.8 million shares of the Company’s common stock at a price of $59.42 per share, subject to certain anti-dilution and other customary adjustments. The warrants may be settled in cash, in shares or in a combination of cash and shares, at the Company’s option. Lehman Brothers OTC Derivatives, Inc. (LBOTC) is the counterparty to 50% of the Company’s call option and warrant transactions. In October 2008, LBOTC filed for bankruptcy protection, which is an event of default under the contracts relating to the call option and warrant transactions. The Company has not terminated these contracts and continues to carefully monitor the developments affecting LBOTC. Although the Company may not retain the benefit of the call option due to LBOTC’s bankruptcy, the Company does not expect that there will be a material impact, if any, on its financial statements or results of operations. The call option and warrant transactions described above do not affect the terms of the outstanding exchangeable notes.
In 2006, the Company recognized a loss on the early extinguishment of debt of approximately $12.6 million due to the repayment of its $200 million 8 7/8% unsecured senior notes due 2011. The loss included premiums paid, fees and expenses and the write-off of the remaining unamortized debt acquisition costs associated with these notes.
Annual maturities of long-term debt for each of the five fiscal years following December 31, 2008 and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):
         
2009
  $ 810  
2010
    810  
2011
    810  
2012
    810  
2013
    810  
Thereafter
    710,926  
 
     
 
Total
  $ 714,976  
 
     

57


Table of Contents

(9) Income Taxes
The components of income before income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 are as follows:
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
Domestic
  $ 504,931     $ 375,000     $ 258,397  
Foreign
    53,713       57,492       33,449  
 
                 
 
  $ 558,644     $ 432,492     $ 291,846  
 
                 
The components of income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 are as follows (in thousands):
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
Current
                       
Federal
  $ 69,065     $ 67,211     $ 75,017  
State
    3,699       2,917       1,373  
Foreign
    20,047       19,470       11,552  
 
                 
 
    92,811       89,598       87,942  
 
                 
 
                       
Deferred
                       
Federal
    102,788       60,161       16,894  
State
    1,805       1,170       1,444  
Foreign
    (482 )     443       (2,675 )
 
                 
 
    104,111       61,774       15,663  
 
                 
 
  $ 196,922     $ 151,372     $ 103,605  
 
                 
Income tax expense differs from the amounts computed by applying the U.S. Federal income tax rate of 35% to income before income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 as follows (in thousands):
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
Computed expected tax expense
  $ 195,525     $ 151,372     $ 102,146  
Increase (decrease) resulting from
                       
State and foreign income taxes
    1,865       2,059       (14 )
Other
    (468 )     (2,059 )     1,473  
 
                 
 
Income tax expense
  $ 196,922     $ 151,372     $ 103,605  
 
                 

58


Table of Contents

The significant components of deferred income taxes at December 31, 2008 and 2007 are as follows (in thousands):
                 
    2008     2007  
Deferred tax assets:
               
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 3,893     $ 3,225  
Operating loss and tax credit carryforwards
    9,533       16,927  
Decommissioning liability
          46,239  
Compensation and employee benefits
    20,211       9,893  
Deferred interest expense related to exchangeable notes
    22,881       29,358  
Other
    20,464       16,917  
 
           
 
    76,982       122,559  
Valuation allowance
    (2,394 )     (3,245 )
 
           
 
               
Net deferred tax assets
    74,588       119,314  
 
           
 
               
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Property, plant and equipment
    220,347       214,862  
Notes receivable
          11,190  
Goodwill and other intangible assets
    49,451       49,528  
Deferred revenue on long-term contracts
    60,811        
Other
    7,230       7,072  
 
           
 
Deferred tax liabilities
    337,839       282,652  
 
           
 
Net deferred tax liability
  $ 263,251     $ 163,338  
 
           
The net deferred tax assets reflect management’s estimate of the amount that will be realized from future profitability and the reversal of taxable temporary differences that can be predicted with reasonable certainty. A valuation allowance is recognized if it is more likely than not that at least some portion of any deferred tax asset will not be realized.
Net deferred tax liabilities were classified in the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2008 and 2007 as follows (in thousands):
                 
    2008     2007  
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Current deferred income taxes
  $ 36,830     $  
Noncurrent deferred income taxes
    226,421       163,338  
 
           
 
Net deferred tax liability
  $ 263,251     $ 163,338  
 
           
As of December 31, 2008, the Company has approximately $25.8 million in net operating loss carryforwards, which are available to reduce future taxable income. The expiration dates for utilization of the loss carryforwards are 2019 through 2025. Utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards will be subject to annual limitations due to the ownership change limitations provided by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The annual limitations may result in expiration of the net operating loss before full utilization. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company has recorded a valuation allowance of approximately $2.4 million and $3.2 million, respectively, against its deferred tax assets to reflect the estimated expiration of net operating loss carryforwards. The change in the valuation allowance was recorded as a reduction of goodwill, as it related to additional operating losses acquired in a prior year business combination.
At December 31, 2007, the Company had a capital loss carryforward in the amount of $2.3 million. The Company recorded a valuation allowance against the capital loss carryforward because it was uncertain that the capital loss would be utilized in the future. The Company utilized this capital loss carryforward in the year ended December 31, 2008, and the valuation allowance was reduced.

59


Table of Contents

The Company has not provided United States income tax expense on earnings of its foreign subsidiaries, since the Company has reinvested or expects to reinvest the undistributed earnings indefinitely. At December 31, 2008, the undistributed earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries were approximately $126.2 million. If these earnings are repatriated to the United States in the future, additional tax provisions may be required. It is not practicable to estimate the amount of taxes that might be payable on such undistributed earnings.
In July 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued FASB Interpretation No. 48 (FIN 48), “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109.” FIN 48 provides guidance on the measurement and recognition in accounting for income tax uncertainties. The Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48 on January 1, 2007. As a result of the implementation, the Company recognized no material adjustment to the liability for unrecognized income tax benefits that existed as of December 31, 2006. It is the Company’s policy to recognize interest and applicable penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense.
The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal and various state and foreign jurisdictions. The number of years that are open under the statue of limitations and subject to audit varies depending on the tax jurisdiction. The Company remains subject to U.S. federal tax examinations for years after 2003.
The Company had approximately $9.7 million and $7.0 million of unrecorded tax benefits at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, all of which would impact the Company’s effective tax rate if recognized. The unrecorded tax benefits are not considered material to the Company’s financial position.
(10) Stockholders’ Equity
In September 2007, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a $350 million share repurchase program of the Company’s common stock, which will expire on December 31, 2009. Under this program, the Company may purchase shares through open market transactions at prices deemed appropriate by management. For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company purchased and retired 3,717,000 shares of its common stock for an aggregate amount of approximately $103.8 million under the program. The Company purchased and retired 1,000,000 shares of its common stock for an aggregate amount of approximately $33.8 million under the program in 2007.
In 2006, the Company issued 5,369,888 shares of common stock valued at $25.39 per share totaling $136.3 million for the acquisition of Warrior Energy Services Corporation.
In 2006, concurrent with the closing of the 1.5% senior exchangeable notes, the Company repurchased and retired 4,739,300 shares of its outstanding common stock at a price of $33.76 per share, or approximately $160 million in the aggregate.
Also in connection with the exchangeable note transaction in 2006, the Company entered into agreements to purchase call options and sell warrants on its common stock. The Company may exercise the call options it purchased at any time to acquire approximately 8.8 million shares of its common stock at a strike price of $45.58 per share. The owners of the warrants may exercise the warrants to purchase from the Company approximately 8.8 million shares of the Company’s common stock at a price of $59.42 per share, subject to certain anti-dilution and other customary adjustments. The warrants may be settled in cash, in shares or in a combination of cash and shares, at the Company’s option. The Company paid $96 million (exclusive of a $35.5 million tax benefit) to acquire the call options and received $60.4 million as a result of the sale of the warrants. The $60.5 million purchase of the call options, net of the related tax benefit, was recorded as a reduction to stockholders’ equity and the sale of the warrants was recorded as an increase to stockholders’ equity in accordance with the guidance in EITF Issue No. 00-19, “Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments Indexed to, and Potentially Settled in, a Company’s Own Stock.” Subsequent changes in the fair value of the call options and warrants will not be recognized as long as the instruments remain classified in stockholders’ equity (see note 8).

60


Table of Contents

(11) Gain on Sale of Businesses
On March 14, 2008, the Company completed the sale of 75% of its interest in SPN Resources. As part of this transaction, SPN Resources contributed an undivided 25% of its working interest in each of its oil and gas properties to a newly formed subsidiary and then sold all of its equity interest in the subsidiary. SPN Resources then effectively sold 66 2/3% of its outstanding membership interests. These two transactions generated cash proceeds of approximately $167.2 million and resulted in a pre-tax gain of approximately $37.1 million.
In August 2007, the Company sold the assets of a non-core rental tool business for approximately $16.3 million in cash and $2.0 million in an interest-bearing note receivable. As a result of this asset sale, the Company recorded a pre-tax gain of approximately $7.5 million in 2007. As certain conditions were met during the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company received cash of approximately $6.0 million, which resulted in an additional pre-tax gain on the sale of the business of approximately $3.3 million.
The Company also sold the assets of its field management division in 2007 for approximately $1.8 million in cash. As certain conditions were met during the year ended December 31, 2008 in conjunction with the sale of this division, the Company received cash of $0.5 million, which resulted in an additional pre-tax gain on the sale of the business.
(12) Profit Sharing and Retirement Plans
The Company maintains a defined contribution profit sharing plan for employees who have satisfied minimum service requirements. Employees may contribute up to 75% of their earnings to the plans limited by the annual dollar limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Service. The Company may provide a discretionary match, not to exceed 5% of an employee’s salary. The Company made contributions of approximately $4.0 million, $3.7 million and $2.7 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
The Company has a nonqualified-defined contribution deferred compensation plan which allows certain highly-compensated employees the option to defer up to 75% of their base salary and up to 100% of their bonus compensation to the plan. Payments are made to participants based on their annual enrollment elections and plan balance. Participants earn a return on their deferred compensation that is based on hypothetical investments in certain mutual funds. Changes in market value of these hypothetical participant investments are reflected as an adjustment to the deferred compensation liability of the Company with an offset to compensation expense. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the liability of the Company to the participants was approximately $8.3 million and $7.6 million, respectively, and is recorded in other long-term liabilities, which reflects the accumulated participant deferrals and earnings (losses) as of that date. For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company recorded compensation expense of ($2.8) million, $0.5 million and $0.2 million, respectively, related to the earnings and losses of the deferred compensation plan liability. The Company makes contributions equal to the participant deferrals into life insurance which is invested in mutual funds similar to the participants’ elections. A change in market value of the life insurance is reflected as an adjustment to the deferred compensation plan asset with an offset to other income (expense). At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the deferred contribution plan asset was approximately $7.2 million and $7.6 million, respectively, and is recorded in intangible and other long-term assets. For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company recorded other income (expense) of ($4.0) million, $0.2 million and $0.6 million, respectively, related to the earnings and losses of the deferred compensation plan assets.
In December 2008, the Company adopted a supplemental executive retirement plan (SERP). The SERP provides retirement benefits to the Company’s executive officers and certain other designated key employees. The SERP is an unfunded, non-qualified defined contribution retirement plan, and all contributions under the plan are unfunded credits to a notional account maintained for each participant. Under the SERP, the Company will generally make annual contributions to a retirement account based on age and years of service. During 2008, the participants in the plan received contributions ranging from 5% to 25% of salary and annual cash bonus, which totaled approximately $1.3 million. The Company may also make discretionary contributions to a participant’s retirement account. In December 2008, the Company made a discretionary contribution to the account of its chief executive officer in the amount of $10 million. The Company recorded $11.3 million of compensation expense in general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2008.

61


Table of Contents

(13) Commitments and Contingencies
The Company leases many of its office, service and assembly facilities under operating leases. In addition, the Company also leases certain assets used in providing services under operating leases. The leases expire at various dates over an extended period of time. Total rent expense was approximately $10.3 million, $7.8 million and $4.2 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable leases for the five years ending December 31, 2009 through 2013 and thereafter are as follows (amounts in thousands): $16,474, $12,625, $7,033, $4,361, $2,694 and $13,803, respectively.
From time to time, the Company is involved in litigation arising out of operations in the normal course of business. In management’s opinion, the Company is not involved in any litigation, the outcome of which would have a material effect on its financial position, results of operations or liquidity.
In April 2008, the Company contracted to purchase a 50% interest in four 265-foot class liftboats for approximately $50.3 million with scheduled delivery dates through 2010. In January 2009, the party controlling the other 50% interest in the four liftboats exercised its option to require the Company to purchase its undivided 50% ownership.
(14) Segment Information
Business Segments
The Company has four reportable segments: well intervention, rental tools, marine, and oil and gas. The well intervention segment provides production-related services used to enhance, extend and maintain oil and gas production, which include mechanical wireline, hydraulic workover and snubbing, well control, coiled tubing, electric line, pumping and stimulation and wellbore evaluation services; well plug and abandonment services; and other oilfield services used to support drilling and production operations. The rental tools segment rents and sells stabilizers, drill pipe, tubulars and specialized equipment for use with onshore and offshore oil and gas well drilling, completion, production and workover activities. It also provides on-site accommodations and bolting and machining services. The marine segment operates liftboats for production service activities, as well as oil and gas production facility maintenance, construction operations and platform removals. During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company sold 75% of its interest in SPN Resources (see note 4). SPN Resources’ operations constituted substantially all the oil and gas segment. Oil and gas eliminations represent products and services provided to the oil and gas segment by the Company’s three other segments. Certain previously reported amounts have been reclassified to conform to the presentation in the current period.
The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as those described in note 1 of these Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company evaluates the performance of its operating segments based on operating profits or losses. Segment revenues reflect direct sales of products and services for that segment, and each segment records direct expenses related to its employees and its operations. Identifiable assets are primarily those assets directly used in the operations of each segment. The equity-method investments in SPN Resources and BOG are included in the identifiable assets of the oil and gas segment.

62


Table of Contents

Summarized financial information concerning the Company’s segments as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 and for the years then ended is shown in the following tables (in thousands):
                                                 
                                    Oil & Gas    
    Well   Rental                   Eliminations   Consolid.
    Interven.   Tools   Marine   Oil & Gas   & Unallocated   Total
     
2008
                                               
Revenues
  $ 1,155,221     $ 550,939     $ 121,104     $ 55,072     $ (1,212 )   $ 1,881,124  
Cost of services, rentals, and sales (exclusive of items shown separately below)
    633,127       178,563       74,830       12,986       (1,212 )     898,294  
Depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion
    72,169       90,459       10,073       2,799             175,500  
General and administrative
    163,622       97,624       12,558       8,780             282,584  
Gain on sale of businesses
    500       3,332             37,114             40,946  
Income from operations
    286,803       187,625       23,643       67,621             565,692  
Interest expense, net
                            (30,419 )     (30,419 )
Interest income
                            2,975       2,975  
Other expense
                            (3,977 )     (3,977 )
Earnings from equity-method investments
                      24,373             24,373  
     
 
Income before income taxes
  $ 286,803     $ 187,625     $ 23,643     $ 91,994     $ (31,421 )   $ 558,644  
     
 
                                               
Identifiable assets
  $ 1,343,710     $ 762,848     $ 239,572     $ 121,583     $ 23,920     $ 2,491,633  
 
                                               
Capital expenditures
  $ 206,404     $ 193,297     $ 51,428     $ 2,732     $     $ 453,861  
                                                 
                                    Oil & Gas    
    Well   Rental                   Eliminations   Consolid.
    Interven.   Tools   Marine   Oil & Gas   & Unallocated   Total
     
2007
                                               
Revenues
  $ 761,015     $ 496,290     $ 127,898     $ 192,700     $ (5,436 )   $ 1,572,467  
Cost of services, rentals, and sales (exclusive of items shown separately below)
    419,818       156,731       60,432       66,580       (5,436 )     698,125  
Depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion
    49,786       70,042       8,861       59,152             187,841  
General and administrative
    118,657       87,442       10,592       11,455             228,146  
Gain on sale of business
          7,483                         7,483  
Income from operations
    172,754       189,558       48,013       55,513             465,838  
Interest expense, net
                            (33,257 )     (33,257 )
Interest income
                      1,219       1,443       2,662  
Other income
                            189       189  
Losses from equity-method investments
                      (2,940 )           (2,940 )
     
 
Income before income taxes
  $ 172,754     $ 189,558     $ 48,013     $ 53,792     $ (31,625 )   $ 432,492  
     
 
                                               
Identifiable assets
  $ 996,946     $ 687,944     $ 200,623     $ 344,667     $ 27,069     $ 2,257,249  
 
                                               
Capital expenditures
  $ 145,061     $ 166,944     $ 19,200     $ 75,725     $ 3,588     $ 410,518  

63


Table of Contents

                                                 
                                    Oil & Gas    
    Well   Rental                   Eliminations   Consolid.
    Interven.   Tools   Marine   Oil & Gas   & Unallocated   Total
     
2006
                                               
Revenues
  $ 469,110     $ 371,155     $ 140,115     $ 127,682     $ (14,241 )   $ 1,093,821  
Costs of services, rentals and sales (exclusive of items shown separately below)
    269,631       115,898       56,189       70,028       (14,241 )     497,505  
Depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion
    18,810       52,234       8,600       31,367             111,011  
General and administrative
    77,758       70,306       11,432       8,920             168,416  
Income from operations
    102,911       132,717       63,894       17,367             316,889  
Interest expense, net
                            (22,950 )     (22,950 )
Interest income
                      1,194       2,796       3,990  
Other income
                            622       622  
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
                            (12,596 )     (12,596 )
Earnings from equity-method investments
                      5,891             5,891  
     
 
Income before income taxes
  $ 102,911     $ 132,717     $ 63,894     $ 24,452     $ (32,128 )   $ 291,846  
     
 
                                               
Identifiable assets
  $ 840,130     $ 501,156     $ 187,597     $ 318,297     $ 27,298     $ 1,874,478  
 
                                               
Capital expenditures
  $ 54,104     $ 111,270     $ 10,412     $ 64,237     $ 2,913     $ 242,936  
Geographic Segments
The Company attributes revenue to various countries based on the location of where services are performed or the destination of the rental tools or products sold. Long-lived assets consist primarily of property, plant, and equipment and are attributed to various countries based on the physical location of the asset at a given fiscal year-end. The Company’s information by geographic area is as follows (amounts in thousands):
                                         
    Revenues   Long-Lived Assets
    Years Ended December 31,   December 31,
    2008   2007   2006   2008   2007
United States
  $ 1,564,384     $ 1,273,705     $ 924,582     $ 932,340     $ 904,611  
Other Countries
    316,740       298,762       169,239       182,601       181,797  
         
 
Total
  $ 1,881,124     $ 1,572,467     $ 1,093,821     $ 1,114,941     $ 1,086,408  
         

64


Table of Contents

(15) Interim Financial Information (Unaudited)
The following is a summary of consolidated interim financial information for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 (amounts in thousands, except per share data).
                                 
    Three Months Ended
    March 31   June 30   Sept. 30   Dec. 31
2008
                               
Revenues
  $ 441,391     $ 457,655     $ 490,282     $ 491,796  
Less:
                               
Cost of services, rentals and sales
    204,118       222,097       236,610       235,469  
Depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion
    41,879       41,954       44,842       46,825  
 
                               
Gross profit
    195,394       193,604       208,830       209,502  
Net income
    102,091       73,929       99,856       85,846  
 
                               
Earnings per share:
                               
Basic
  $ 1.26     $ 0.92     $ 1.24     $ 1.10  
Diluted
    1.24       0.89       1.22       1.09  
                                 
    Three Months Ended
    March 31   June 30   Sept. 30   Dec. 31
2007
                               
Revenues
  $ 362,924     $ 396,753     $ 398,924     $ 413,866  
Less:
                               
Cost of services, rentals and sales
    160,487       181,806       178,637       177,195  
Depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion
    38,844       45,242       49,881       53,874  
 
                               
Gross profit
    163,593       169,705       170,406       182,797  
Net income
    64,019       70,087       75,050       71,964  
 
                               
Earnings per share:
                               
Basic
  $ 0.79     $ 0.86     $ 0.92     $ 0.89  
Diluted
    0.78       0.85       0.91       0.88  
(16) Fair Value Measurements
Effective, January 1, 2008, the Company partially adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157 (FAS No. 157), “Fair Value Measurements,” which refines the definition of fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The statement applies whenever other statements require or permit assets or liabilities to be measured at fair value. In February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. 157-2 that provides for a one-year deferral for the implementation of FAS No. 157 for non-financial assets and liabilities. FAS No. 157 does not require any new fair value measurements, but rather, it provides enhanced guidance to other pronouncements that require or permit assets or liabilities to be measured at fair value.
FAS No. 157 establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy assigns the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data (Level 3). Level 2 measurements are inputs that are observable for assets or liabilities, either directly or indirectly, other than quoted prices included within Level 1.

65


Table of Contents

The following table provides a summary of the financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2008 (in thousands):
                                 
            Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using
            Quoted Prices   Significant    
            in Active   Other   Significant
            Markets for   Observable   Unobservable
    December 31,   Identical Assets   Inputs   Inputs
    2008   (Level 1)   (Level 2)   (Level 3)
Non-qualified deferred compensation plan assets
  $ 7,212     $     $ 7,212     $  
 
                               
Non-qualified deferred compensation plan liabilities
  $ 8,254     $     $ 8,254     $  
The Company’s non-qualified deferred compensation plan allows officers and highly compensated employees to defer receipt of a portion of their compensation and contribute such amounts to one or more investment funds. The Company entered into a separate trust agreement, subject to general creditors, to segregate the assets of the plan and reports the accounts of the trust in its Consolidated Financial Statements. These investments are reported at fair value based on observable inputs for similar assets and liabilities, which represent Level 2 in the FAS No. 157 fair value hierarchy. The realized and unrealized holding gains and losses related to non-qualified deferred compensation plan assets are recorded as other income (expense). The realized and unrealized holding gains and losses related to non-qualified deferred compensation plan liabilities are recorded as general and administrative expenses.
(17) Supplementary Oil and Natural Gas Disclosures (Unaudited)
On March 14, 2008, the Company completed the sale of 75% of its interest in SPN Resources. As part of this transaction, SPN Resources contributed an undivided 25% of its working interest in each of its oil and gas properties to a newly formed subsidiary and then sold all of its equity interest in the subsidiary. SPN Resources then effectively sold 66 2/3% of its outstanding membership interests. SPN Resources’ operations constituted substantially all of the Company’s oil and gas segment. Subsequent to March 14, 2008, the Company accounts for its remaining 33 1/3% interest in SPN Resources using the equity-method within the oil and gas segment. Prior to the sale of 75% of is interest in SPN Resources, the results of SPN Resources’ operations through March 14, 2008 were consolidated (see note 4).
The Company’s December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 estimates of proved reserves are based on reserve reports prepared by DeGolyer and MacNaughton, independent petroleum engineers. Users of this information should be aware that the process of estimating quantities of “proved” and “proved developed” natural gas and crude oil reserves is very complex, requiring significant subjective decisions in the evaluation of all available geological, engineering and economic data for each reservoir. This data may also change substantially over time as a result of multiple factors including, but not limited to, additional development activity, evolving production history and continual reassessment of the viability of production under varying economic conditions. Consequently, material revisions to existing reserve estimates occur from time to time. Although every reasonable effort is made to ensure that reserve estimates reported represent the most accurate assessments possible, the significance of the subjective decisions required and variances in available data for various reservoirs make these estimates generally less precise than other estimates presented in connection with financial statement disclosures. Proved reserves are estimated quantities of natural gas, crude oil and condensate that geological and engineering data demonstrate, with reasonable certainty, to be recoverable in future years from known reservoirs under existing economic and operating conditions. Proved developed reserves are proved reserves that can be expected to be recovered through existing wells with existing equipment and operating methods.

66


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the Company’s net proved reserves, including the changes therein, and proved developed reserves:
                 
    Crude Oil   Natural Gas
    (Mbbls)   (Mmcf)
Proved developed and undeveloped reserves:
               
December 31, 2005
    9,103       23,688  
Purchase of reserves in place
    674       17,249  
Revisions
    (265 )     187  
Production
    (1,591 )     (5,483 )
 
               
 
               
December 31, 2006
    7,921       35,641  
 
               
Purchase of reserves in place and additions
    1,206       6,862  
Revisions
    519       1,688  
Production
    (1,817 )     (8,931 )
 
               
 
               
December 31, 2007
    7,829       35,260  
 
               
 
               
Proved developed reserves:
               
December 31, 2006
    6,709       28,982  
December 31, 2007
    6,493       34,742  
Since January 1, 2005, no crude oil or natural gas reserve information has been filed with, or included in any report to any federal authority or agency other than the SEC and the Energy Information Administration (EIA).
Costs incurred for oil and natural gas property acquisition and development activities for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 are as follows (in thousands):
                 
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006  
Acquisition of properties — proved
  $ 12,126     $ 45,948  
Development costs
    76,928       63,396  
 
           
 
Total costs incurred
  $ 89,054     $ 109,344  
 
           
Standardized Measure of Discounted Future Net Cash Flows Relating to Reserves
The following information has been developed utilizing procedures prescribed by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 69 (FAS No. 69), “Disclosure about Oil and Gas Producing Activities.” It may be useful for certain comparative purposes, but should not be solely relied upon in evaluating the Company or its performance. Further, information contained in the following table should not be considered as representative of realistic assessments of future cash flows, nor should the Standardized Measure of Discounted Future Net Cash Flows be viewed as representative of the current value of the Company.
The Company believes that the following factors should be taken into account in reviewing the following information: (1) future costs and selling prices will differ from those required to be used in these calculations; (2) due to future market conditions and governmental regulations, actual rates of production achieved in future years may vary significantly from the rate of production assumed in the calculations; (3) selection of a 10% discount rate is arbitrary and may not be reasonable as a measure of the relative risk inherent in realizing future net oil and gas revenues; and (4) future net revenues may be subject to different rates of income taxation.

67


Table of Contents

Under the Standardized Measure, future cash inflows were estimated by applying period-end oil and natural gas prices adjusted for differentials provided by the Company. Future cash inflows were reduced by estimated future development, abandonment and production costs based on period-end costs in order to arrive at net cash flow before tax. Future income tax expense has been computed by applying period-end statutory tax rates to aggregate future net cash flows, reduced by the tax basis of the properties involved and tax carryforwards. Use of a 10% discount rate is required by FAS No. 69.
The standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows relating to proved oil and natural gas reserves is as follows (in thousands):
                 
    2007     2006  
Future cash inflows
  $ 1,043,327     $ 682,384  
Future production costs
    (207,749 )     (220,108 )
Future development and abandonment costs
    (251,071 )     (207,676 )
Future income tax expense
    (167,305 )     (59,976 )
 
           
 
Future net cash flows after income taxes
    417,202       194,624  
10% annual discount for estimated timing of cash flows
    57,534       15,883  
 
           
 
               
Standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows
  $ 359,668     $ 178,741  
 
           
A summary of the changes in the standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows applicable to proved oil and natural gas reserves for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 is as follows (in thousands):
                 
    2007     2006  
Beginning of the period
  $ 178,742     $ 205,105  
Sales and transfers of oil and natural gas produced, net of production costs
    (130,130 )     (55,184 )
Net changes in prices and production costs
    247,708       (147,633 )
Revisions of quantity estimates
    41,479       (7,071 )
Development costs incurred
    (77,239 )     (64,254 )
Changes in estimated development costs
    28,761       47,096  
Extensions and discoveries
    106,055       36,906  
Purchase and sales of reserves in place
    15,667       70,304  
Changes in production rates (timing) and other
    12,545       (22,080 )
Accretion of discount
    21,247       33,152  
Net change in income taxes
    (85,167 )     82,401  
 
           
 
Net increase
    180,926       (26,363 )
 
           
 
End of period
  $ 359,668     $ 178,742  
 
           
The December 31, 2007 amount was estimated by DeGolyer and MacNaughton using a period-end crude NYMEX price of $95.98 per barrel (bbl), a NYMEX gas price of $7.48 per million British Thermal Units, and price differentials provided by the Company. The December 31, 2006 amount was estimated by DeGolyer and MacNaughton using a period-end crude NYMEX price of $61.05 per bbl, a NYMEX gas price of $5.64 per million British Thermal Units, and price differentials provided by the Company.

68


Table of Contents

(18) Accounting Pronouncements
In November 2008, the Emerging Issues Task Force issued EITF Issue No. 08-06, “Equity-Method Investment Considerations,” which clarifies the accounting for certain transactions involving equity-method investments. This interpretation is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008 and interim periods within those years. The Company does not expect the adoption of EITF Issue No. 08-06 to have an impact on its results of operations and financial position.
In May 2008, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued its Staff Position APB No. 14-1 (FSP APB No. 14-1) “Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments That May Be Settled Upon Conversion (Including Partial Cash Settlement).” FSP APB No. 14-1 requires the proceeds from the issuance of exchangeable debt instruments to be allocated between a liability component (issued at a discount) and an equity component. The resulting debt discount will be amortized over the period the convertible debt is expected to be outstanding as additional non-cash interest expense. The provisions of FSP APB No. 14-1 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008 and will require retrospective application. FSP APB No. 14-1 will change the accounting treatment for the Company’s 1.50% senior exchangeable notes and impact the Company’s results of operations due to an increase in non-cash interest expense beginning in 2009 for financial statements covering past and future periods. In addition to a reduction of debt balances and an increase to stockholders’ equity on the consolidated balance sheets for each period presented, the Company expects the retrospective application of FSP APB No. 14-1 will result in a cumulative non-cash increase to historical interest expense of approximately $31 to $34 million for 2007 and 2008. Additionally, the Company expects that the adoption will result in a non-cash increase to its projected annual interest expense of approximately $17 to $19 million for 2009.
In December 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued its Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141(R) (FAS No. 141(R)), “Business Combinations (as amended).” FAS No. 141(R) requires an acquiring entity in a business combination to recognize all assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the transaction and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree at the acquisition date fair value. Additionally, contingent consideration and contractual contingencies shall be measured at acquisition date fair value. FAS No. 141(R) also requires an acquirer to disclose all of the information users may need to evaluate and understand the nature and financial effect of the business combination. Such information includes, among other things, a description of the factors comprising goodwill recognized in the transaction, the acquisition date fair value of the consideration, including contingent consideration, amounts recognized at the acquisition date for each major class of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, transactions not considered to be part of the business combination (i.e., separate transactions), and acquisition-related costs. FAS No. 141(R) applies prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008 (for any acquisitions closed on or after January 1, 2009 for the Company), and early adoption is not permitted. FAS No. 141(R) will impact the accounting for business combinations closed on or after January 1, 2009.
In December 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued its Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 160 (FAS No. 160), “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements — an amendment of ARB No. 51.” FAS No. 160 amends ARB No. 51 to establish accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. It clarifies that a noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary is an ownership interest in the consolidated entity that should be reported as equity in the consolidated financial statements. Additionally, this statement requires that consolidated net income include the amounts attributable to both the parent and the noncontrolling interest. FAS No. 160 is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008. The Company is currently evaluating the impact, if any, that the adoption of FAS No. 160 will have on its results of operations and financial position.

69


Table of Contents

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Our management has established and maintains a system of disclosure controls and procedures to provide reasonable assurances that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is appropriately recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified by the Securities and Exchange Commission. In addition, the disclosure controls and procedures ensure that information required to be disclosed, accumulated and communicated to management, including our Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Chief Financial Officer (CFO) allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. An evaluation was carried out, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our CEO and CFO, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on that evaluation, our principal executive and financial officers have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2008 are effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in reports we file with the SEC is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods required by the SEC, and is accumulated and communicated to management including our CEO and CFO, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding disclosures. Management’s report and the independent registered public accounting firm’s attestation report are included in Part II, Item 8 under the captions “Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting” and “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm’s Report,” and are incorporated herein by reference.
There has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting during the three months ended December 31, 2008, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Item 9B. Other Information
None.

70


Table of Contents

PART III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Information relating to our executive officers is included in Part I, Item 4A, and is incorporated herein as reference. Information relating to our Code of Business Ethics and Conduct that applies to our senior financial officers is included in Part I, Item 1, and is incorporated herein as reference. Other information required by this item will be contained in our definitive proxy statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 11. Executive Compensation
Information required by this item will be contained in our definitive proxy statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Information required by this item will be contained in our definitive proxy statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Information required by this item will be contained in our definitive proxy statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services
Information required by this item will be contained in our definitive proxy statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A and is incorporated herein by reference.

71


Table of Contents

PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
(a)    (1) Financial Statements
    The following financial statements are included in Part II of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:
 
    Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
 
    Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm — Audit of Financial Statements
 
    Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm — Audit of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
 
    Consolidated Balance Sheets — December 31, 2008 and 2007
 
    Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
 
    Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
 
    Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
 
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
  (2)   Financial Statement Schedule
    Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
 
    All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.
  (3)   Exhibits
     
Exhibit No.   Description
2.1
  Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated September 22, 2006, by and among the Company, SPN Acquisition Sub, Inc. and Warrior Energy Services Corporation (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 the Company’s Form 8-K filed September 25, 2006).
 
   
3.1
  Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB for the quarter ended March 31, 1996).
 
   
3.2
  Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (as amended through September 12, 2007) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.11 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on September 18, 2007).
 
   
3.3
  Certificate of Amendment to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1999).
 
   
4.1
  Specimen Stock Certificate (incorporated herein by reference to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Form S-4 on Form SB-2 (Registration Statement No. 33-94454)).

72


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit No.   Description
4.2
  Indenture, dated May 22, 2006, among the Company, SESI, L.L.C., the guarantors identified therein and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed May 23, 2006), as amended by Supplemental Indenture, dated December 12, 2006, by and among Warrior Energy Services Corporation, SESI, L.L.C., the other Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to therein) and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s 8-K filed December 13, 2006 for the period beginning December 12, 2006), as further amended by Supplemental Indenture, dated September 13, 2007 but effective as of August 29, 2007, by and among AOS, SESI, the other Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to therein) and the Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on September 18, 2007).
 
   
4.3
  Indenture, dated December 12, 2006, by and among the Company, SESI, L.L.C., the guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed December 13, 2006 for the period beginning December 7, 2006), as amended by Supplemental Indenture, dated December 12, 2006, by and among Warrior Energy Services Corporation, SESI, L.L.C., the other Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to therein) and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed December 13, 2006 for the period beginning December 12, 2006), as further amended by Supplemental Indenture, dated September 13, 2007 but effective as of August 29, 2007, by and among AOS, SESI, the other Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to therein) and the Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on September 18, 2007).
 
   
10.1^
  Amended and Restated Superior Energy Services, Inc. 1995 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit A to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement dated June 25, 1997).
 
   
10.2
  First Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated July 1, 2007 among Superior Energy Services, Inc., SESI, L.L.C., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and the lenders party thereto (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on July 6, 2007).
 
   
10.3
  Wreck Removal Contract, dated December 31, 2007, by and among Wild Well Control, Inc., BP America Production Company, Chevron U.S.A. Inc. and GOM Shelf LLC (The Company agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted exhibits to the SEC upon request) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on January 4, 2008).
 
   
10.4^
  Employment Agreement between Superior Energy Services, Inc. and Patrick J. Zuber, dated January 1, 2008 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on January 7, 2008).
 
   
10.5^
  Form of Employment Agreement for Kenneth L. Blanchard and Robert S. Taylor (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on June 6, 2007).

73


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit No.   Description
10.6^
  Superior Energy Services, Inc. 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on May 24, 2007).
 
   
10.7^
  Form of Employment Agreement executed by Superior Energy Services, Inc. and each of Alan P. Bernard, Lynton G. Cook, III, James A. Holleman and Danny R. Young (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on June 6, 2007).
 
   
10.8^
  Employment Agreement between Superior Energy Services, Inc. and Charles Hardy, dated January 1, 2008 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on January 7, 2008).
 
   
10.9^
  Superior Energy Services, Inc. 1999 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999), as amended by Second Amendment to Superior Energy Services, Inc. 1999 Stock Incentive Plan, effective as of December 7, 2004 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on December 20, 2004).
 
   
10.10^
  Employment Agreement between the Company and Terence E. Hall (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999), as amended by Letter Agreement dated November 12, 2004 between the Company and Terence E. Hall (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on November 15, 2004), as amended by Amendment No. 2 to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated as of December 29, 2008, between the Company and Terence E. Hall (incorporated herein by reference to Item 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed January 2, 2009).
 
   
10.11^
  Amended and Restated Superior Energy Services, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003), as amended by First Amendment to Superior Energy Services, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan, effective as of December 7, 2004 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on December 20, 2004).
 
   
10.12*^
  Superior Energy Services, Inc. Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan.
 
   
10.13^
  Superior Energy Services, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Appendix A to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement dated April 18, 2005).
 
   
10.14^
  Amended and Restated Superior Energy Services, Inc. 2004 Directors Restricted Stock Units Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Appendix B to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement dated April 20, 2006).
 
   
10.15
  Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated May 15, 2006, by and between Noble Energy, Inc. and Coldren Resources LP (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed May 17, 2006).

74


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit No.   Description
10.16
  Purchase Agreement, dated May 17, 2006, by and among SESI, L.L.C., the guarantors identified therein, Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Howard Weil Incorporated, Johnson Rice & Company L.L.C., Pritchard Capital Partners, LLC, Raymond James & Associates, Inc. and Simmons & Company International (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed May 23, 2006).
 
   
10.17
  Confirmation of OTC Exchangeable Note Hedge, dated December 7, 2006, by and between SESI, L.L.C. and Bear, Stearns International, Limited (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed December 13, 2006 for the period beginning December 7, 2006).
 
   
10.18
  Confirmation of OTC Exchangeable Note Hedge, dated December 7, 2006, by and between SESI, L.L.C. and Lehman Brothers OTC Derivatives Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed December 13, 2006 for the period beginning December 7, 2006).
 
   
10.19
  Confirmation of OTC Warrant Confirmation, dated December 7, 2006, by and between the Company and Bear, Stearns International, Limited (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed December 13, 2006 for the period beginning December 7, 2006).
 
   
10.20
  Confirmation of OTC Warrant Confirmation, dated December 7, 2006, by and between the Company and Lehman Brothers OTC Derivatives Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed December 13, 2006 for the period beginning December 7, 2006).
 
   
10.21*^
  Form of Performance Share Unit Award Agreement.
 
   
10.22*^
  Form of Stock Option Agreement for the grant of non-qualified stock options under the Superior Energy Services, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan
 
   
10.23*^
  Form of Restricted Stock Agreement.
 
   
10.24
  Purchase, Contribution and Redemption Agreement, dated February 25, 2008, by and among Dynamic Offshore Resources, LLC, Moreno Group LLC, SESI, LLC, and SPN Resources, LLC (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed February 29, 2008).
 
   
10.25^
  Employment Agreement, dated March 1, 2008, by and between Superior Energy Services, Inc. and William B. Masters (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed March 6, 2008).
 
   
10.26*^
  Letter agreement between Superior Energy Services, Inc. and Patrick J. Zuber, dated December 22, 2008.
 
   
10.27*^
  Superior Energy Services, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan.
 
   
14.1
  Code of business ethics and conduct (incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003).
 
   
21.1*
  Subsidiaries of the Company.
 
   
23.1*
  Consent of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.

75


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit No.   Description
23.2*
  Consent of DeGoyler and MacNaughton
 
   
31.1*
  Officer’s certification pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
   
31.2*
  Officer’s certification pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
   
32.1*
  Officer’s certification pursuant to Section 1350 of Title 18 of the U.S. Code.
 
   
32.2*
  Officer’s certification pursuant to Section 1350 of Title 18 of the U.S. Code.
 
*   Filed herein
 
^   Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

76


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
         
  SUPERIOR ENERGY SERVICES, INC.

 
Date: February 27, 2009
  By:   /s/ Terence E. Hall    
    Terence E. Hall   
    Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
         
Signature   Title   Date
 
       
/s/ Terence E. Hall
 
     Terence E. Hall
  Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
  February 27, 2009
 
       
/s/ Robert S. Taylor
 
     Robert S. Taylor
  Executive Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
  February 27, 2009
 
       
/s/ Harold J. Bouillion
 
     Harold J. Bouillion
  Director    February 27, 2009
 
       
/s/ Enoch L. Dawkins
 
     Enoch L. Dawkins
  Director    February 27, 2009
 
       
/s/ James M. Funk
 
     James M. Funk
  Director    February 27, 2009
 
       
/s/ Ernest E. Howard, III
 
     Ernest E. Howard, III
  Director    February 27, 2009
 
       
/s/ Justin L. Sullivan
 
     Justin L. Sullivan
  Director    February 27, 2009

77


Table of Contents

SUPERIOR ENERGY SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(in thousands)
                                         
            Additions            
    Balance at the   Charged to                   Balance
    beginning of   costs and   Balances from           at the end
Description   the year   expenses   acquisitions   Deductions   of the year
 
Year ended December 31, 2008:
                                       
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 16,742     $ 6,471     $     $ 5,200     $ 18,013  
 
                                       
Year ended December 31, 2007:
                                       
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 17,419     $ 3,833     $ 404     $ 4,914     $ 16,742  
 
                                       
Year ended December 31, 2006:
                                       
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 11,569     $ 3,273     $ 4,464     $ 1,887     $ 17,419  

78

exv10w12
Exhibit 10.12
SUPERIOR ENERGY SERVICES, INC.
NONQUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
January 1, 2008

 


 

Table of Contents
             
        Page  
 
           
ARTICLE I PURPOSE AND EFFECTIVE DATE     1  
 
           
ARTICLE II DEFINITIONS     1  
2.01
  Administrative Committee     1  
2.02
  Base Salary     1  
2.03
  Base Salary Deferral     1  
2.04
  Beneficiary     1  
2.05
  Board     1  
2.06
  Bonus Compensation     1  
2.07
  Business Combination     1  
2.08
  CEO     2  
2.09
  Change of Control     2  
2.10
  Change of Control Participant     3  
2.11
  Claimant     3  
2.12
  Code     3  
2.13
  Common Stock     3  
2.14
  Company     3  
2.15
  Compensation Committee     3  
2.16
  Deferral Account     4  
2.17
  Deferral Period     4  
2.18
  Deferred Amount     4  
2.19
  Designee     4  
2.20
  Disabled     4  
2.21
  Eligible Compensation     4  
2.22
  ERISA     4  
2.23
  Form of Payment     4  
2.24
  401(k) Plan     4  
2.25
  Hardship Withdrawal     4  
2.26
  Hypothetical Investment Benchmark     4  
2.27
  Incumbent Board     4  
2.28
  Key Employee     5  
2.29
  Participant     5  
2.30
  Participation Agreement     5  
2.31
  Plan Year     5  
2.32
  Post Transaction Corporation     5  
2.33
  Retirement     5  
2.34
  Separation from Service     5  
2.35
  Superior     5  
2.36
  Unforeseeable Emergency     5  
2.37
  Valuation Date     6  
 
           
ARTICLE III PARTICIPATION AND PARTICIPANT ELECTIONS     6  
3.01
  Participation     6  


 

             
        Page  
 
           
3.02
  Participation Agreement Timing and Effective Dates     6  
3.03
  Contents of Participation Agreement     6  
3.04
  Modification or Revocation of Election by Participant     7  
 
           
ARTICLE IV ELECTIVE DEFERRALS AND VESTING     8  
4.01
  Elective Deferred Compensation     8  
4.02
  Vesting of Deferral Account     8  
 
           
ARTICLE V MAINTENANCE AND INVESTMENT OF ACCOUNTS     8  
5.01
  Maintenance of Accounts     8  
5.02
  Hypothetical Investment Benchmarks     8  
5.03
  Statement of Accounts     8  
 
           
ARTICLE VI BENEFITS     9  
6.01
  Time and Form of Payment     9  
6.02
  In-Service Distributions; Effect of Separation from Service     9  
6.03
  Death or Disability     10  
6.04
  Hardship Withdrawals     10  
6.05
  Withholding of Taxes     10  
6.06
  Acceleration of Payment     10  
6.07
  Delay of Payment     12  
 
           
ARTICLE VII BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION     13  
7.01
  Beneficiary Designation     13  
7.02
  No Beneficiary Designation     13  
 
           
ARTICLE VIII ADMINISTRATION     13  
8.01
  Administrative Committee Duties     13  
8.02
  Claims Procedure     14  
 
           
ARTICLE IX AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN     15  
9.01
  Amendment     15  
9.02
  Company's Right to Terminate     16  
 
           
ARTICLE X MISCELLANEOUS     16  
10.01
  Unfunded Plan     16  
10.02
  Nonassignability     17  
10.03
  Validity and Severability; Code Section 409A     17  
10.04
  Governing Law     17  
10.05
  Employment Status     17  
10.06
  Underlying Plans and Programs     17  

ii 


 

ARTICLE I
PURPOSE AND EFFECTIVE DATE
     The purpose of the Superior Energy Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan (“Plan”) is to aid Superior Energy Services, Inc. (“Superior”) and its wholly-owned subsidiaries in retaining and attracting executive employees by providing them with tax deferred savings opportunities. The Plan provides a select group of management and highly compensated employees (within the meaning of Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (ERISA)) with the opportunity to elect to defer receipt of specified portions of compensation, and to have these deferred amounts treated as if invested in specified hypothetical investment benchmarks. The Plan is intended to comply with Code Section 409A. The Plan was originally adopted effective September 1, 2004, and this amended and restated Plan is effective January 1, 2008.
ARTICLE II
DEFINITIONS
     For the purposes of this Plan, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings indicated, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:
     2.01 Administrative Committee. “Administrative Committee” means the committee appointed by the Compensation Committee or by any person(s) to whom the Compensation Committee has delegated the power of appointment. As of the date effective date of the Plan, the persons listed on Appendix B are members of the Administrative Committee.
     2.02 Base Salary. “Base Salary” means the base rate of cash compensation paid by the Company to or for the benefit of a Participant for services rendered or labor performed while a Participant, before any reduction for withholdings or amounts deferred under the Plan or any other salary reduction program.
     2.03 Base Salary Deferral. “Base Salary Deferral” means the amount of a Participant’s Base Salary that the Participant elects to have withheld on a pre-tax basis from his Base Salary and credited to his Deferral Account pursuant to, and subject to the limitations of, Article IV.
     2.04 Beneficiary. “Beneficiary” means the person, persons or entity designated by the Participant to receive any benefits payable under the Plan pursuant to Article VIII.
     2.05 Board. “Board” means the Board of Directors of Superior.
     2.06 Bonus Compensation. “Bonus Compensation” means the cash bonus paid annually during the first quarter and fifty percent (50%) of any Performance Share Unit (“PSU”) awards paid by Superior (i.e. the minimum portion of the PSUs that, per the terms of the PSU, must be paid in cash), after any withholdings or salary reductions, but before reduction for amounts deferred under the Plan.
     2.07 Business Combination. “Business Combination” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.09(c).

1


 

     2.08 CEO. “CEO” means the Chief Executive Officer of Superior.
     2.09 Change of Control. “Change of Control” means:
     (a) the acquisition by any person of beneficial ownership of 50% or more of the outstanding shares of the Common Stock or 50% or more of the combined voting power of Superior’s then outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (a), the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change of Control:
     (1) any acquisition (other than a Business Combination (as defined below) which constitutes a Change of Control under Section 2.09(c) hereof) of Common Stock directly from Superior,
     (2) any acquisition of Common Stock by Superior,
     (3) any acquisition of Common Stock by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by Superior or any corporation controlled by the Company, or
     (4) any acquisition of Common Stock by any corporation or other entity pursuant to a Business Combination that does not constitute a Change of Control under Section 2.09(c) hereof; or
     (b) individuals who, as of September 1, 2004, constituted the Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to such date whose election, or nomination for election by Superior’s stockholders, was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered a member of the Incumbent Board, unless such individual’s initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a person other than the Incumbent Board; or
     (c) consummation of a reorganization, share exchange, merger or consolidation (including any such transaction involving any direct or indirect subsidiary of Superior) or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of Superior (a “Business Combination”); provided, however, that in no such case shall any such transaction constitute a Change of Control if immediately following such Business Combination:
     (1) the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners of Superior’s outstanding Common Stock and Superior’s voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors immediately prior to such Business Combination have direct or indirect beneficial ownership, respectively, of more than 50% of the then outstanding shares of common stock, and more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the surviving or successor

2


 

corporation, or, if applicable, the ultimate parent company thereof (the “Post-Transaction Corporation”), and
     (2) except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination, no person (excluding the Post-Transaction Corporation and any employee benefit plan or related trust of either Superior, the Post-Transaction Corporation or any subsidiary of either corporation) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 25% or more of the then outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination or 25% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation, and
     (3) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Post-Transaction Corporation were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board providing for such Business Combination; or
     (d) approval by the stockholders of Superior of a complete liquidation or dissolution of Superior.
For purposes of this Section 2.09, the term “person” shall mean a natural person or entity, and shall also mean the group or syndicate created when two or more persons act as a syndicate or other group (including, without limitation, a partnership or limited partnership) for the purpose of acquiring, holding, or disposing of a security, except that “person” shall not include an underwriter temporarily holding a security pursuant to an offering of the security.
Notwithstanding this Section 2.09, no payment shall be made from this Plan as a result of a Change of Control unless the Change of Control is also a Section 409A Change of Control.
     2.10 Change of Control Participant. “Change of Control Participant” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.02(a).
     2.11 Claimant. “Claimant” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.02(a).
     2.12 Code. “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. References to any provision of the Code or regulation (including a proposed regulation) thereunder shall include any successor provisions or regulations.
     2.13 Common Stock. “Common Stock” means the common stock of Superior.
     2.14 Company. “Company” means Superior and all entities with whom Superior would be considered a single employer under Section 414(b) of the Code (employees of a controlled group of corporations), and all entities with whom Superior would be considered a single employer under Section 414(c) of the Code (employees of partnerships, proprietorships, etc., under common control).
     2.15 Compensation Committee. “Compensation Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board.

3


 

     2.16 Deferral Account. “Deferral Account” means the account maintained on the books of the Company for each Participant pursuant to Article VI.
     2.17 Deferral Period. “Deferral Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02.
     2.18 Deferred Amount. “Deferred Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02.
     2.19 Designee. “Designee” means any individual(s) to whom the Board or Administrative or Compensation Committee has delegated the authority to take action under the Plan. Wherever Board or Compensation or Administrative Committee is referenced in the Plan, such reference shall be deemed to also refer to Designee.
     2.20 Disabled. A Participant shall be considered Disabled if the Participant:
     (a) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, or
     (b) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than 3 months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Participant’s employer.
     2.21 Eligible Compensation. “Eligible Compensation” means any Base Salary and Bonus Compensation otherwise earned with respect to a Plan Year. Eligible Compensation does not include expense reimbursements, any form of noncash compensation, stock-based plans, or benefits.
     2.22 ERISA. “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
     2.23 Form of Payment. “Form of Payment” means payment in a lump sum or annual installments (not to exceed 15).
     2.24 401(k) Plan. “401(k) Plan” means the Superior Energy 401(k) Plan, as amended.
     2.25 Hardship Withdrawal. “Hardship Withdrawal” means the early payment of all or part of the balance in a Deferral Account(s) in the event of an Unforeseeable Emergency.
     2.26 Hypothetical Investment Benchmark. “Hypothetical Investment Benchmark” means the phantom investment benchmarks which are used to measure the return credited to a Participant’s Deferral Account. The Hypothetical Investment Benchmarks are specified by the Administrative Committee and may change from time to time
     2.27 Incumbent Board. “Incumbent Board” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.09(b).

4


 

     2.28 Key Employee. “Key Employee” shall mean a Participant who is a key employee of the Company under Code Section 416(i) and/or Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(i) because of final and binding action taken by the Board or the Compensation Committee, or by operation of such Code section or regulation. The definition set forth in Section 416(i) of the Code is adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury for cost-of-living changes, but as of January 1, 2008, Code Section 416(i) states that a Key Employee is:
     (a) an officer of the Company having annual compensation from the Company of greater than $150,000 ($160,000 as of January 1, 2009) (no more than 50 employees of the Company are required to be treated as officers);
     (b) an owner of 1% or more of the Company having annual compensation from the Company greater than $150,000; or
     (c) an owner of 5% or more of the Company.
     2.29 Participant. “Participant” means any individual who is eligible to participate in this Plan under Section 3.01, and who elects to participate by filing a Participation Agreement as provided in Article IV.
     2.30 Participation Agreement. “Participation Agreement” means the form completed by a Participant in accordance with Article IV.
     2.31 Plan Year. “Plan Year” means a twelve-month period beginning January 1 and ending the following December 31.
     2.32 Post Transaction Corporation. “Post-Transaction Corporation” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.09(c).
     2.33 Retirement. “Retirement” means Separation from Service of a Participant from the Company after attaining age 65, or after age 55 with at least five years of service (in accordance with the method of determining years of service adopted by the Company).
     2.34 Separation from Service. “Separation from Service” means “separation from service” with the Company as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).
     2.35 Superior. “Superior” means Superior Energy Services, Inc. and its successors and assigns, including but not limited to any corporation or entity with or into which such company may merge or consolidate.
     2.36 Unforeseeable Emergency. “Unforeseeable Emergency” means a severe financial hardship of the Participant or Beneficiary resulting from an illness or accident of the Participant or Beneficiary, the Participant’s or Beneficiary’s spouse, or the Participant’s or Beneficiary’s dependent (as defined in Code Section 152(a)); loss of the Participant’s or Beneficiary’s property due to casualty (including the need to rebuild a home following damage to a home not otherwise covered by insurance, for example, not as a result of a natural disaster); or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant or Beneficiary. In addition, the need to pay for medical

5


 

expenses, including non-refundable deductibles, as well as for the costs of prescription drug medication, may constitute an Unforeseeable Emergency. Finally, the need to pay for the funeral expenses of a spouse or a dependent (as defined in Code Section 152(a)) may also constitute an Unforeseeable Emergency. An Unforeseeable Emergency must satisfy the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(3) in order for a payment to be made.
     2.37 Valuation Date. “Valuation Date” means the last calendar date when the New York Stock Exchange was open, or such other date as the Administrative Committee in its sole discretion may determine.
ARTICLE III
PARTICIPATION AND PARTICIPANT ELECTIONS
     3.01 Participation. Participation in the Plan shall be limited to executives who (i) are included on a list of eligible employees that the CEO or the Administrative Committee shall establish and revise from time to time and (ii) elect to participate in this Plan by filing a Participation Agreement with the Administrative Committee or its Designee.
     3.02 Participation Agreement Timing and Effective Dates.
     (a) A Participation Agreement must be filed prior to the December 15th immediately preceding the Plan Year for which it is effective or by such earlier or later deadline as the Administrative Committee may prescribe (but no later than December 31).
     (b) Notwithstanding Section 3.02(a), a Participant who is newly eligible for the Plan (as determined in accordance with Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-2(a)(7)) and who does not participate in any other account balance type nonqualified plan (as determined by Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(c)) of the Company may file a Participation Agreement effective for the remainder of the initial Plan Year and applicable to compensation earned in the remainder of such Plan Year, but only if such election is made not more than 30 days after the Participant becomes eligible for the Plan. In the case of Bonus Compensation, an election by such newly eligible Participant shall only apply to the portion of the Bonus Compensation that is no greater than the total amount of Bonus Compensation for the calendar year multiplied by the ratio of the number of days remaining in the calendar year after the election over 365, unless such bonus meets the requirements of Section 3.02(c).
     (c) The Administrative Committee may allow Participants whose Bonus Compensation is “performance based” (as defined in Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(e)) to execute a Participation Agreement applicable to such Bonus Compensation by the deadline established by the Retirement Committee, which shall be no later than 6 months prior to the end of the service period during which the Bonus Compensation is earned (e.g. June 30 for calendar year bonuses).
     3.03 Contents of Participation Agreement. The Administrative Committee shall have the discretion to specify the contents of Participation Agreements. Subject to Article VII, each Participation Agreement shall set forth: (i) the amount of Eligible Compensation for the

6


 

Plan Year or performance period to which the Participation Agreement relates that is to be deferred under the Plan (the “Deferred Amount”), expressed as either a dollar amount or a percentage of the Base Salary and Bonus Compensation for such Plan Year or performance period; provided that the maximum Deferred Amount for any Plan Year shall not exceed 75% of Base Salary and 100% of Bonus Compensation; (ii) the period after which payment of the Deferred Amount is to be made or begin to be made (the “Deferral Period”), and (iii) the form in which payments are to be made, which may be a lump sum or in substantially equal annual installments of 2 to 15 years. The Deferral Period may be expressed as ending on a specified date, upon the occurrence of an event (such as a Participant’s Separation from Service), or in accordance with such other terms and options that may be set forth in the Participation Agreement. The Deferral Period cannot end later than the year in which the Participant attains age 65 (unless the Participant remains employed by the Company when he/she attains age 65, in which case the Deferral Period will end upon the Participant’s Retirement or Separation from Service with the Company).
     3.04 Modification or Revocation of Election by Participant.
     (a) A Participant may not change the amount of his Base Salary Deferrals during a Plan Year. However, a Participant may discontinue a Base Salary Deferral election if he experiences an Unforseeable Emergency, or if such discontinuance is required in order to enable the Participant to take a hardship withdrawal from a 401(k) Plan in accordance with Treas. Reg. Section 1.401(k)-1(d)(3), on such forms and subject to such limitations and restrictions as the Administrative Committee may prescribe. If approved by the Administrative Committee, revocation shall take effect as of the first payroll period next following its filing. If a Participant discontinues a Base Salary Deferral election during a Plan Year, he will not be permitted to elect to make Base Salary Deferrals again until the later of 6 months from the date of discontinuance or the commencement of the following Plan Year.
     (b) A Participant may make an election to change the time or form of his/her payment from the Plan as set forth in an existing Participation Agreement, but in accordance with Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-2(b), such a change must include the lengthening of the Deferral Period by no less than five years from the original payment date under the Participation Agreement (as in effect before such amendment). In addition, such amended Participation Agreement must be filed with the Administrative Committee or its Designee at least 12 months prior to the date of the first scheduled payment under the Participation Agreement (as in effect before such amendment), and will not be effective for 12 months. Under no circumstances may a Participant’s Participation Agreement be retroactively entered into, modified or revoked.
     (c) In accordance with IRS Notice 2007-86, on or before December 31, 2008, a Participant may make a new election regarding the time or form of payment of amounts deferred prior to January 1, 2009. However, a Participant cannot elect to change the time or form of payment of amounts that would, absent the new election, be paid in the year in which the new election is made. Likewise, a Participant cannot cause payments to be made in the year in which the new election is made that would, absent the new election,

7


 

be paid in a subsequent year. Election changes pursuant to this Section 3.04(c) shall not be subject to the requirements of Section 3.04(b).
ARTICLE IV
ELECTIVE DEFERRALS AND VESTING
     4.01 Elective Deferred Compensation. The Deferred Amount of a Participant with respect to each Plan Year of participation in the Plan shall be credited by the Administrative Committee to the Participant’s Deferral Account as and when such Deferred Amount would otherwise have been paid to the Participant. To the extent that the Company is required to withhold any taxes or other amounts from the Deferred Amount pursuant to any state, Federal or local law, such amounts shall be taken out of other compensation eligible to be paid to the Participant that is not deferred under this Plan, unless otherwise specified by the Administrative Committee pursuant to Section 6.06(c) or (f)
     4.02 Vesting of Deferral Account. Participants shall be 100% vested in Deferral Accounts at all times.
ARTICLE V
MAINTENANCE AND INVESTMENT OF ACCOUNTS
     5.01 Maintenance of Accounts. Separate Deferral Accounts shall be maintained for each Participant. More than one Deferral Account may be maintained for a Participant as necessary to reflect (a) various Hypothetical Investment Benchmarks and/or (b) separate Participation Agreements specifying different Deferral Periods, deferral sources, and/or forms of payment. A Participant’s Deferral Account(s) shall be utilized solely as a device for the measurement and determination of the amounts to be paid to the Participant pursuant to this Plan, and shall not constitute or be treated as a trust fund of any kind. The Administrative Committee shall determine the balance of each Deferral Account, as of each Valuation Date, by adjusting the balance of such Deferral Account as of the immediately preceding Valuation Date to reflect changes in the value of the deemed investments thereof, credits and debits pursuant to Section 4.01 and Section 5.02 and distributions pursuant to Article VII with respect to such Deferral Account since the preceding Valuation Date.
     5.02 Hypothetical Investment Benchmarks. Each Participant shall be entitled to direct the manner in which his or her Deferral Accounts will be deemed to be invested by selecting among the Hypothetical Investment Benchmarks specified in Appendix A hereto, as amended by the Administrative Committee from time to time, and in accordance with such rules, regulations and procedures as the Administrative Committee may establish from time to time. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, earnings and losses based on a Participant’s investment elections shall begin to accrue as of the date such Participant’s Deferred Amounts are credited to his/her Deferral Accounts.
     5.03 Statement of Accounts. The Administrative Committee shall submit to each Participant quarterly statements of his or her Deferral Account(s) in such form as the Administrative Committee deems desirable, setting forth the balance to the credit of such Participant in his or her Deferral Account(s) as of the end of the most recently completed quarter.

8


 

ARTICLE VI
BENEFITS
     6.01 Time and Form of Payment. Unless otherwise stated in this Article VII, at the end of the Deferral Period for each Deferral Account, the Company shall pay to the Participant the balance of such Deferral Account at the time or times elected by the Participant in the applicable Participation Agreement; provided that if the Participant has elected to receive payments from a Deferral Account in a lump sum, the Company shall pay the balance in such Deferral Account (determined as of the most recent Valuation Date preceding or coinciding with the payment date) in a lump sum in cash as soon as practicable after the end of the Deferral Period (no later than 90 days after the Deferral Period). If the Participant has elected to receive payments from a Deferral Account in installments, the Company shall make annual cash payments from such Deferral Account, each of which shall consist of an amount equal to (i) the balance of such Deferral Account as of the most recent Valuation Date preceding or coinciding with the payment date times (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is the number of remaining installments (including the installment being paid). The first such installment shall be paid in January of the year specified in the Participation Agreement (for specified date payments), in January of the year following Separation from Service (for payments triggered by a Separation from Service) or as otherwise specified in the Participation Agreement upon reaching the end of the Deferral Period. Each subsequent installment shall be paid in January of the following years and shall be deemed to be made on a pro rata basis from each of the different deemed investments of the Deferral Account (if there is more than one such deemed investment). The Participant’s Separation from Service may impact the time and form of his payment, as set forth in Section 6.02. If a Participant is subject to the 6-month delay set forth in Section 6.02, then the first installment shall be paid on the later of January of the year following Separation from Service or the first day of the seventh month after the Separation from Service, and all future payments (if any) shall be made in January of each following year.
     6.02 In-Service Distributions; Effect of Separation from Service. Subject to Article VII hereof, if a Participant has elected to defer Eligible Compensation under the Plan for a stated number of years, the account balance of the Participant (determined as of the most recent Valuation Date preceding such Deferral Period) shall be distributed in installments or a lump sum in accordance with the Plan and as elected in the Participation Agreement. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, if a Participant has a Separation from Service before the payment date specified in his/her Participation Agreement, his/her account balance shall be distributed to him/her as soon as administratively feasible following the Separation from Service in a lump sum payment, unless such termination qualifies as a Retirement, in which case the distribution shall commence as soon as administratively feasible (no later than 90 days after such Separation from Service), but shall be in the form of payment designated by the Participant in the applicable Participation Agreement. If a Participant has commenced receiving installment payments prior to his Separation from Service, the remaining installments shall be paid to the Participant in a lump sum as soon as administratively feasible following the Separation from Service (no later than 90 days after such termination), unless the Separation from Service constitutes a Retirement, in which case the remaining installments shall be paid pursuant to the original payment schedule. Lump sum payments under this Section 6.03 shall be made no later than 90 days after the Separation of Service. Notwithstanding this Section 6.02, a Participant who is a Key Employee shall not receive a distribution from his Deferral Account(s) on account of his/her

9


 

Separation from Service until the first day of the seventh month following such Separation from Service, unless such balance is distributable pursuant to another provision of the Plan (e.g. due to death or Disability).
     6.03 Death or Disability. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6.01 and 6.02 hereof and any Participation Agreement, if a Participant dies or becomes Disabled (whether before or after Separation from Service) prior to receiving full payment of his/her Deferral Account(s), the Company shall pay the remaining balance of his/her Deferral Account (determined as of the most recent Valuation Date preceding or coinciding with such event) to the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary or Beneficiaries (as the case may be) in a lump sum in cash as soon as practicable following the occurrence of such event (no later than 90 days after the event occurs).
     6.04 Hardship Withdrawals. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6.01 and any Participation Agreement, a Participant shall be entitled to early payment of all or part of the balance in his/her Deferral Account(s) in the event of an Unforeseeable Emergency, in accordance with this Section 6.04. A distribution pursuant to this Section 6.04 may only be made to the extent reasonably needed to satisfy the Unforeseeable Emergency need, and may not be made if such need is or may be relieved (i) through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise, (ii) by liquidation of the Participant’s assets to the extent such liquidation would not itself cause severe financial hardship, or (iii) by cessation of deferrals under the Plan. An application for an early payment under this Section 6.04 shall be made to the Administrative Committee in such form and in accordance with such procedures as the Administrative Committee shall determine from time to time. The determination of whether and in what amount and form a distribution will be permitted pursuant to this Section 6.04 shall be made by the Administrative Committee.
     6.05 Withholding of Taxes. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, the Company shall withhold from payments made hereunder any amounts required to be so withheld by any applicable law or regulation.
     6.06 Acceleration of Payment. A Participant shall have no right to compel any accelerated payment of amounts due to a Participant. The Company may accelerate the payment of some or all of the amounts due to a Participant in a given year only in accordance with this Section and Section 409A of the Code.
     (a) Domestic Relations Orders. The Administrative Committee may, in its sole and absolute discretion, accelerate the time or schedule of a payment under the Plan to an individual other than the Participant as may be necessary to fulfill a domestic relations order (as defined in Section 414(p)(1)(B) of the Code).
     (b) Conflicts of Interest. The Administrative Committee may, in its sole and absolute discretion, provide for the acceleration of the time or schedule of a payment under the Plan to the extent necessary for any Federal officer or employee in the executive branch to comply with an ethics agreement with the Federal government. Additionally, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for the acceleration of the time or schedule of a payment under the Plan to the extent reasonably necessary to avoid the violation of an applicable Federal,

10


 

state, local, or foreign ethics law or conflicts of interest law (including where such payment is reasonably necessary to permit the Participant to participate in activities in the normal course of his or her position in which the Participant would otherwise not be able to participate under an applicable rule).
     (c) Employment Taxes. The Administrative Committee may, in its sole and absolute discretion, provide for the acceleration of the time or schedule of a payment under the Plan to pay the Federal Insurance Contributions Act (FICA) tax imposed under Sections 3101, 3121(a), and 3121(v)(2) of the Code, on compensation deferred under the Plan (the FICA amount). Additionally, the Administrative Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for the acceleration of the time or schedule of a payment, to pay the income tax at source on wages imposed under Section 3401 of the Code or the corresponding withholding provisions of applicable state, local, or foreign tax laws as a result of the payment of the FICA amount, and to pay the additional income tax at source on wages attributable to the pyramiding Section 3401 of the Code wages and taxes. However, the total payment under this acceleration provision must not exceed the aggregate of the FICA amount, and the income tax withholding related to such FICA amount.
     (d) Limited Cash-Outs. The Administrative Committee may, in its sole discretion, require a mandatory lump sum payment of amounts deferred under the Plan that do not exceed the applicable dollar amount under Section 402(g)(1)(B) of the Code, provided that the payment results in the termination and liquidation of the entirety of the Participant’s interest under the Plan, including all agreements, methods, programs, or other arrangements with respect to which deferrals of compensation are treated as having been deferred under a single plan under Section 409A of the Code.
     (e) Payment Upon Income Inclusion Under Section 409A. The Administrative Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for the acceleration of the time or schedule of a payment under the Plan if at any time the Plan fails to meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. The payment may not exceed the amount required to be included in income as a result of the failure to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.
     (f) Payment of State, Local, or Foreign Taxes. The Administrative Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for the acceleration of the time or schedule of a payment under the Plan to reflect payment of state, local, or foreign tax obligations arising from participation in the Plan that apply to an amount deferred under the Plan before the amount is paid or made available to the participant (the state, local, or foreign tax amount). Such payment may not exceed the amount of such taxes due as a result of participation in the Plan. The payment may be made in the form of withholding pursuant to provisions of applicable state, local, or foreign law or by payment directly to the Participant. Additionally, the Administrative Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for the acceleration of the time or schedule of a payment under the Plan to pay the income tax at source on wages imposed under Section 3401 of the Code as a result of such payment and to pay the additional income tax at source on wages imposed under Section 3401 of the Code attributable to such additional wages and taxes. However, the total payment under this acceleration provision must not exceed the aggregate of the state, local, and foreign tax amount, and the income tax withholding related to such state, local, and foreign tax amount.

11


 

     (g) Bona Fide Disputes as to a Right to a Payment. The Compensation Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for the acceleration of the time or schedule of a payment under the Plan where such payments occur as part of a settlement between the Participant and the Company of an arm’s length, bona fide dispute as to the Participant’s right to the deferred amount, if done in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(j)(4)(xiv).
     (h) Plan Terminations and Liquidations. The Compensation Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for the acceleration of the time or schedule of a payment under the Plan as provided in Section 9.02.
     (i) Other Events and Conditions. A payment may be accelerated upon such other events and conditions as the Internal Revenue Service may prescribe in generally applicable guidance published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin.
     6.07 Delay of Payment. The Company may delay a payment otherwise due hereunder to a date after the designated payment date under any of the following circumstances:
     (a) Company Contracts. Payments that would violate loan covenants or other contractual terms to which the Company is a party, where such a violation would result in material harm to the Company (in such case, payment will be made at the earliest date at which the Company reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will not cause such violation, or such violation will not cause material harm to the Company).
     (b) Legal Compliance. If the Company reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will violate applicable law, provided that the payment shall be made at the earliest date at which the Company reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will not cause such violation. (The making of a payment that would cause inclusion in gross income or the application of any penalty provision or other provision of the Code is not treated as a violation of applicable law.)
     (c) Compensation Deduction. If the Company reasonably anticipates that its deduction with respect to a payment under the Plan would be limited by the application of Code Section 162(m) (in such case, payment will be made at either the earliest date at which the Company reasonably anticipates that the deduction of the payment will not be so limited or the calendar year in which the Participant experiences a Separation from Service).
     (d) Other Events and Conditions. Payment may also be delayed upon such other events and conditions as the Commissioner of Internal Revenue may prescribe in generally applicable guidance published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin, if a Participant is subject to the requirements of Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Participant’s balance in his Deferral Account(s) shall not be distributed on account of a Change in Control prior to the date that is one year after the date of the Change of Control, unless such balance is distributable pursuant to another provision of the Plan.

12


 

ARTICLE VII
BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION
     7.01 Beneficiary Designation. Each Participant shall have the right, at any time, to designate any person, persons or entity as his Beneficiary or Beneficiaries. A Beneficiary designation shall be made, and may be amended, by the Participant by filing a written designation with the Administrative Committee, on such form and in accordance with such procedures as the Administrative Committee shall establish from time to time.
     7.02 No Beneficiary Designation. If a Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary as provided above, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Participant, then the Participant shall be deemed to have designated the surviving spouse of the Participant as the designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies without a designated Beneficiary (or spouse as the deemed designated Beneficiary), then the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be deemed to be the Participant’s estate.
ARTICLE VIII
ADMINISTRATION
     8.01 Administrative Committee Duties. The Plan shall be administered by the Administrative Committee. A majority of the members of the Administrative Committee shall constitute a quorum. All resolutions or other action taken by the Administrative Committee shall be by a vote of a majority of its members present at any meeting or, without a meeting, by an instrument in writing signed by all its members. Members of the Administrative Committee may participate in a meeting of such committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment that enables all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting and waiver of notice of such meeting.
     The Administrative Committee shall be responsible for the administration of this Plan and shall have all powers necessary to administer this Plan, including discretionary authority to determine eligibility for benefits and to decide claims under the terms of this Plan, except to the extent that any such powers are vested in any other person. The Administrative Committee may from time to time establish rules for the administration of this Plan, and it shall have the exclusive right to interpret this Plan and to decide any matters arising in connection with the administration and operation of this Plan. All rules, interpretations and decisions of the Administrative Committee shall be conclusive and binding on the Company, Participants and Beneficiaries.
     The Administrative Committee’s responsibilities shall include, but shall not be limited to, determining in the first instance issues related to eligibility, Hypothetical Investment Benchmarks, distribution of Deferred Amounts, determination of account balances, crediting of hypothetical earnings and debiting of hypothetical losses and of distributions, in-service withdrawals, deferral elections and any other duties concerning the day-to-day operation of this Plan. The Administrative Committee may designate one of its members as a chairperson and may retain and supervise outside providers, third party administrators, record keepers and

13


 

professionals (including in-house professionals) to perform any or all of the duties delegated to it hereunder.
     Neither a member of the Board nor any member of the Administrative Committee shall be liable for any act or action hereunder, whether of omission or commission, by any other member or employee or by any agent to whom duties in connection with the administration of this Plan have been delegated or for anything done or omitted to be done in connection with this Plan. The Administrative Committee shall keep records of all of its proceedings and shall keep records of all payments made to Participants or Beneficiaries and payments made for expenses or otherwise.
     Any member of the Administrative Committee who is due a benefit under the Plan shall recuse himself or herself from any Administrative Committee deliberations that concern such member’s benefits, including deliberations concerning such member’s eligibility for a benefit or his or her level of benefits. The previous sentence shall not apply to deliberations that apply to Participants generally rather than the particular member at issue.
     The Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify each director, officer or employee of the Company (including the heirs, executors, administrators and other personal representatives of such person) and each member of the Administrative Committee against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement, actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any threatened, pending or actual suit, action or proceeding (whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative in nature or otherwise) in which such person may be involved by reason of the fact that he or she is or was serving this Plan in any capacity at the request of the Company or Administrative Committee.
     Any expense incurred by the Company or the Administrative Committee relative to the administration of this Plan shall be paid by the Company and/or may be deducted from the Deferral Accounts of the Participants, as determined by the Administrative Committee.
     8.02 Claims Procedure.
     (a) Any Participant or Beneficiary (a “Claimant”) who believes that he or she is entitled to a benefit under the Plan which he or she has not received may submit a claim to the Administrative Committee. Claims for benefits under this Plan shall be made in writing, signed by the Claimant or his or her authorized representative, and must specify the basis of the Claimant’s complaint and the facts upon which he or she relies in making such claim. A claim shall be deemed filed when received by the Administrative Committee.
     (b) In the event a claim for benefits is wholly or partially denied by the Committee, the Administrative Committee shall notify the Claimant in writing of the denial of the claim within a reasonable period of time, but not later than ninety (90) days after receipt of the claim, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, in which case the ninety (90) day period may be extended to 180 days. The Administrative Committee shall notify the Claimant in writing of any such extension. A notice of denial shall be written in a manner reasonably calculated to be understood by

14


 

the Claimant, and shall contain (i) the specific reason or reasons for denial of the claim; (ii) a specific reference to the pertinent Plan provisions upon which the denial is based; (iii) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim, together with an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and (iv) an explanation of the Plan’s review procedure.
     (c) Within sixty (60) days of the receipt by the Claimant of the written notice of denial of the claim, the Claimant may appeal by filing with the Committee a written request for a full and fair review of the denial of the Claimant’s claim for benefits. Appeal requests under this Plan shall be made in writing, signed by the Claimant or his or her authorized representative, and must specify the basis of the Claimant’s complaint and the facts upon which he or she relies in making such appeal. An appeal request shall be deemed filed when received by the Administrative Committee.
     (d) The Administrative Committee shall render a decision on the claim appeal promptly, but not later than sixty (60) days after the receipt of the Claimant’s request for review, unless special circumstances (such as the need to hold a hearing, if necessary), require an extension of time for processing, in which case the sixty (60) day period may be extended to one hundred twenty (120) days. The Administrative Committee shall notify the Claimant in writing of any such extension. The decision upon review shall be written in a manner reasonably calculated to be understood by the Claimant, and shall contain (i) the specific reason or reasons for denial of the claim; (ii) a specific reference to the pertinent Plan provisions upon which the denial is based; (iii) a statement that the Claimant shall be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claim for benefits; and (iv) a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring an action under Section 502(a) of ERISA, if the adverse benefit determination is sustained on appeal.
     (e) No lawsuit by a Claimant may be filed prior to exhausting the Plan’s administrative appeal process. Any lawsuit must be filed no later than the earlier of one year after the Claimant’s claim for benefit was denied or the date the cause of action first arose.
ARTICLE IX
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN
     9.01 Amendment. The Compensation Committee of the Board, or any person(s) to whom such committee has delegated the right to amend the Plan, may at any time amend this Plan in whole or in part, provided, however, that no amendment shall be effective to decrease the balance in any Deferral Account as accrued at the time of such amendment. The Administrative Committee shall have authority to approve administrative and technical amendments that do not materially increase the cost of the Plan. All participating Companies delegate the power of Amendment to the Compensation Committee of the Board (or its designee). The Company may amend the Plan in any other manner that does not cause adverse consequences under such Code Section or other guidance from the Treasury Department or IRS, provided that no amendments shall divest otherwise vested rights of Participants, or their Beneficiaries.

15


 

     9.02 Company’s Right to Terminate. The Compensation Committee may terminate the Plan (or, where allowed by Section 409A of the Code, a portion of the Plan) and accelerate any payments due (or that may become due) under the Plan under the following circumstances:
     (a) Section 409A Change of Control. The Plan termination occurs pursuant to an irrevocable action of the Compensation Committee that is taken within the thirty (30) days preceding or the twelve (12) months following a Section 409A Change of Control, and all other plans sponsored by the Company that are required to be aggregated with this Plan under Section 409A of the Code are also terminated with respect to each Participant therein who was employed by the Company that underwent the Section 409A Change of Control (“Change of Control Participant”). In the event of such a termination, the Accounts, together with amounts due to each Change of Control Participant under all aggregated plans, shall be paid at the time and pursuant to the schedule specified by the Compensation Committee, so long as all payments are required to be made no later than twelve (12) months after the date that the Compensation Committee or its Designee irrevocably approves the termination.
     (b) Company’s Discretion. In the discretion of the Compensation Committee, provided that: (i) all arrangements sponsored by the Company that would be aggregated with the Agreement under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(c) if the same employee participated in all of the arrangements are terminated; (ii) no payments other than payments that would be payable under the terms of the arrangements if the termination had not occurred are made within 12 months of the termination of the arrangements; (iii) all payments are made within 24 months of the termination of the arrangements; and (iv) the Company does not adopt a new arrangement that under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(c) that would be aggregated with the Agreement if the same service provider participated in both arrangements, at any time within three years following the date of termination of the Agreement.
     (c) Dissolution or Bankruptcy Court Order. Within 12 months of a corporate dissolution of the Company taxed under Section 331 of the Code, or with the approval of a bankruptcy court pursuant to 11 U.S.C. Section 503(b)(1)(A), provided that the amounts deferred under the Plan are included in the Participant’s gross income in the latest of (i) the calendar year in which the termination occurs, (ii) the calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture or (iii) the first calendar year in which the payment is administratively practicable.
     (d) Other. Due to such other events and conditions as the Commissioner of the IRS may prescribe in generally applicable guidance published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin.
ARTICLE X
MISCELLANEOUS
     10.01 Unfunded Plan. This Plan is intended to be an unfunded plan maintained primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees, within the meaning of Sections 201, 301 and 401 of ERISA.

16


 

All payments pursuant to the Plan shall be made from the general funds of the Company and no special or separate fund shall be established or other segregation of assets made to assure payment. No Participant or other person shall have under any circumstances any interest in any particular property or assets of the Company as a result of participating in the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may (but shall not be obligated to) create one or more grantor trusts, the assets of which are subject to the claims of the Company’s creditors, to assist it in accumulating funds to pay its obligations under the Plan. Participants shall have no right to compel the investment of any amounts deposited in any such trust(s).
     10.02 Nonassignability. Except as specifically set forth in the Plan with respect to the designation of Beneficiaries, neither a Participant nor any other person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate or convey in advance of actual receipt the amounts, if any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof, which are, and all rights to which are, expressly declared to be unassignable and non-transferable. No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance owed by a Participant or any other person, nor be transferable by operation of law in the event of a Participant’s or any other person’s bankruptcy or insolvency.
     10.03 Validity and Severability; Code Section 409A. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Plan shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Plan, which shall remain in full force and effect, and any prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. If any provision of the Plan is capable of being interpreted in more than one manner, to the extent feasible, the provision shall be interpreted in a manner that does not result in an excise tax under Code Section 409A.
     10.04 Governing Law. The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Plan shall in all respects be governed by the laws of the State of Louisiana, without reference to principles of conflict of law, except to the extent preempted by federal law.
     10.05 Employment Status. This Plan does not constitute a contract of employment or impose on the Participant or the Company any obligation for the Participant to remain an employee of the Company or change the status of the Participant’s employment or the policies of the Company and its affiliates regarding Separation from Service.
     10.06 Underlying Plans and Programs. Nothing in this Plan shall prevent the Company from modifying, amending or terminating the compensation or the plans and programs pursuant to which cash awards are earned and which are deferred under this Plan.

17


 

Exhibit 10.12 Nonqualified Def. Comp. Plan
     IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Plan is hereby executed on the 30th day of December, 2008, to be effective January 1, 2008, unless otherwise stated.
           
WITNESSES     SUPERIOR ENERGY SERVICES, INC.
 
         
 /s/ Danna Allo
    By:    /s/ Danny R. Young
 
         
 
         
 /s/ Greg Rosenstein
    Title:     Executive Vice President
 
         

18


 

APPENDIX A
INVESTMENT BENCHMARKS
MONY Series Money Market Portfolio
MONY Series Intermediate Term Bond Portfolio
Fidelity VIP II Asset Manager
T. Rowe Price Equity Income Portfolio
Dreyfus Stock Index Portfolio (S & P 500)
Fidelity VIP II Contrafund (Initial Class)
Alger American Mid Cap Growth
Dreyfus Small Company Portfolio
Janus AS Capital Appreciation
T. Rowe Price International Stock Portfolio

A-1


 

APPENDIX B
ADMINISTRATIVE COMMITTEE
     The members of the Plan’s Administrative Committee are as follows:
Donna Cummins
Wayne Robertson
Greg Rosenstein
Robert Taylor
Danny Young

B-1

exv10w21
Exhibit 10.21
PERFORMANCE SHARE UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT
     This PERFORMANCE SHARE UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), executed by the parties on the dates indicated on the signature page, is by and between Superior Energy Services, Inc. (“Superior”) and                      (the “Participant”).
     WHEREAS, Superior has adopted its 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), to attract, retain and motivate officers and key employees; and
     WHEREAS, the Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) believes that entering into this Agreement with the Participant is consistent with the purpose for which the Plan was adopted.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the services rendered by the Participant, the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth and other good and valuable consideration, Superior and the Participant hereby agree as follows:
     Section 1. The Plan. The Plan, a copy of which has been made available to the Participant, is incorporated by reference and made a part of this Agreement as if fully set forth herein. This Agreement uses a number of defined terms that are defined in the Plan or in the body of this Agreement. These defined terms are capitalized wherever they are used.
     Section 2. Award.
     (a) On                     , 20___, Superior granted to the Participant an Other Stock Based Award consisting of___Performance Share Units (the “Units”), subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
     (b) Depending on the Company’s achievement of the performance goals specified in Section 2(c) during the period beginning January 1, 20___and ending December 31, 20___(the “Performance Period”), the Participant shall be entitled to a payment equal to the value of the Units determined pursuant to Section 2(d) if, except as otherwise provided in Section 3, he remains actively employed with the Company on January 2, 20___.
     (c) The amount paid with respect to the Units shall be based upon the Company’s achievement of the following performance criteria as determined by the Committee: (i) return on invested capital relative to the return on invested capital of the Company’s “Peer Group” listed on Schedule A attached hereto (“Relative ROIC”); and (ii) the Company’s total shareholder return relative to the total shareholder return of the Company’s “Peer Group” listed on Schedule A attached hereto (“Relative TSR”) in accordance with the following matrix:

 


 

Relative ROIC
         
        Performance
Performance Level Compared to Peer Group   Percentage(%)
     
 
       
 
Threshold
Target
Maximum
  Below 40th Percentile
40th Percentile
60th Percentile
80th Percentile or above
  0 %
25 %
50 %
100 %
Relative TSR
         
Performance Level Compared to Peer Group   Performance
Percentage(%)
 
       
 
       
 
Threshold
Target
Maximum
  Below 40th Percentile
40th Percentile
60th Percentile
80th Percentile or above
  0 %
25 %
50 %
100 %
     The Committee shall adjust the performance criteria to recognize special or non-recurring situations or circumstances with respect to the Company or any other company in the peer group for any year during the Performance Period arising from the acquisition or disposition of assets, costs associated with exit or disposal activities or material impairments that are reported on a Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
     (d) The amount payable to the Participant pursuant to this Agreement shall be an amount equal to the number of Units awarded to the Participant multiplied by the product of (i) $100 and (ii) the sum of the Performance Percentages set forth above for the level of achievement of each of the performance criteria set forth in Section 2(c). By way of example, if the Company reached the 40th percentile in Relative ROIC and the 60th percentile in Relative TSR, the sum of the Performance Percentages would be 75% and the amount payable with respect to each Unit would be $75. If Relative ROIC reached the 80th percentile but Relative TSR was below the 40th percentile, the sum of the Performance Percentages would be 100% and the amount payable with respect to each Unit would be $100. Performance results between the threshold, target and maximum levels will be calculated on a pro rata basis. The maximum payout for each Unit is $200.
     (e) Except as provided in Section 3(b), payment of amounts due under the Units shall be made on March 30, 20___. Any amount paid in respect of the Units shall be payable in such combination of cash and Common Stock (with the Common Stock valued at its Fair Market Value) as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion; provided, however, that no more than fifty percent (50%) of the payment may be made in Common Stock. Prior to any payments under this Agreement, the Committee shall certify in writing, by resolution or otherwise, the amount to be paid in respect of the Units as a result of the achievement of Relative ROIC and Relative TSR. The Committee shall not increase the amount payable to the Participant to an amount that is higher than the amount payable under the formula described herein.
     Section 3. Early Termination; Change of Control.

2


 

     (a) In the event of the Participant’s termination of employment prior to the end of the Performance Period due to (i) any reason other than voluntary termination by the Participant (other than as permitted under Section 3(a)(iv)) or cause as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, (ii) death, (iii) disability (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)), or (iv) Retirement (as hereinafter defined), the Participant shall forfeit as of the date of termination a number of Units determined by multiplying the number of Units by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full months following the date of termination, death, disability or retirement to the end of the Performance Period and the denominator of which is thirty six (36). The Committee shall determine the number of Units forfeited and the amount to be paid to the Participant or his beneficiary in accordance with Section 2(e) based on the performance criteria for the entire Performance Period. As used herein, “Retirement” is defined as the voluntary termination of employment at or after age 55 with at least five years of service and the Participant not, at any time on or before March 30, 20___, accepting employment with, acquiring a 5% or more equity or participation interest in, serving as a consultant, advisor, director or agent of, directly or indirectly soliciting or recruiting any employee of the Company who was employed at any time during Participant’s service with the Company, or otherwise assisting in any other capacity or manner any company or enterprise that is directly or indirectly in competition with or acting against the interests of the Company or any of its lines of business, except for any service or assistance that is provided at the request or with the written permission of Superior.
     (b) In the event of a Change of Control, the Participant shall be deemed to have achieved the maximum level for Relative ROIC and Relative TSR in accordance with the terms of the Plan. Payment shall be made to the Participant as soon as administratively practical following the Change of Control, but in no event later than 2.5 months following the end of the year in the such Change of Control occurs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Change of Control does not qualify as a “change in control event” under Section 409A of the Code, and any regulations or guidance promulgated thereunder, then payment shall be made at the time specified in Section 2(e).
     Section 4. Miscellaneous.
     (a) Participant understands and acknowledges that he is one of a limited number of employees of the Company who have been selected to receive grants of Units and that the grant is considered confidential information. Participant hereby covenants and agrees not to disclose the award of Units pursuant to this Agreement to any other person except (i) Participant’s immediate family and legal or financial advisors who agree to maintain the confidentiality of this Agreement, (ii) as required in connection with the administration of this Agreement and the Plan as it relates to this award or under applicable law, and (iii) to the extent the terms of this Agreement have been publicly disclosed by the Company.
     (b) The Company shall be entitled to require a cash payment by or on behalf of the Participant and/or to deduct from other compensation payable to the Participant any sums required by federal, state or local tax law to be withheld with respect to the award or payments in respect of any Units or the issuance of Common Stock. Alternatively, the Participant may irrevocably elect, in such manner and at such time or times prior to any applicable tax date, as may be permitted by the Committee, to have the Company withhold and reacquire Units or Common Stock to satisfy any withholding obligations of the Company. Any election to have

3


 

Units or Common Stock so held back and reacquired shall be subject to the Committee’s approval.
     (c) The authority to manage and control the operation and administration of this Agreement shall be vested in the Committee, and the Committee shall have all powers with respect to this Agreement as it has with respect to the Plan. Any interpretation of this Agreement by the Committee and any decision made by it with respect to this Agreement shall be final and binding on all persons.
     (d) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the terms of this Agreement shall be subject to the terms of the Plan, and this Agreement is subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations promulgated by the Committee from time to time pursuant to the Plan.
     (e) This Agreement shall be construed and interpreted to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Superior reserves the right to amend this Agreement to the extent it reasonably determines is necessary in order to preserve the intended tax consequences of the Units in light of Section 409A and any regulations or other guidance promulgated thereunder. Neither the Company nor the members of the Committee shall be liable for any determination or action taken or made with respect to this Agreement or the Units granted thereunder.
     (f) Each notice relating to this Agreement shall be in writing and delivered in person or by mail to Superior at its office, 601 Poydras Street, Suite 2400, New Orleans, LA 70130, to the attention of the Secretary or at such other address as Superior may specify in writing to the Participant by a notice delivered in accordance with this Section 4(f). All notices to the Participant shall be delivered to the Participant’s address specified below or at such other address as the Participant may specify in writing to the Secretary by a notice delivered in accordance with this Section 4(f).
     (g) Neither this Agreement nor the rights of Participant hereunder shall be transferable by the Participant during his life other than by will or pursuant to applicable laws of descent and distribution. No rights or privileges of the Participant in connection herewith shall be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated by Participant or by any other person in any way, whether by operation of law, or otherwise, and shall not be subject to execution, attachment, garnishment or similar process. In the event of any such occurrence, this Agreement shall automatically be terminated and shall thereafter be null and void.
     (h) Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue in the employment of the Company, or to interfere in any way with the right of the Company to terminate the Participant’s employment relationship with the Company at any time.
     (i) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Louisiana.
     (j) If any term or provision of this Agreement, shall at any time or to any extent be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect as written, the Participant and Superior intend for any court construing this Agreement to modify or limit such provision so as to render it valid and enforceable to the fullest extent allowed by law. Any such provision that is not susceptible of

4


 

such reformation shall be ignored so as to not affect any other term or provision hereof, and the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such term or provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby and each term and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.
     (k) The Plan and this Agreement contain the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter contained herein and may not be modified, except as provided herein or in the Plan or as it may be amended from time to time by a written document signed by each of the parties hereto. Any oral or written agreements, representations, warranties, written inducements, or other communications with respect to the subject matter contained herein made prior to the execution of the Agreement shall be void and ineffective for all purposes.
     (l) Superior’s obligation under the Plan and this Agreement is an unsecured and unfunded promise to pay benefits that may be earned in the future. Superior shall have no obligation to set aside, earmark or invest any fund or money with which to pay its obligations under this Agreement. The Participant or any successor in interest shall be and remain a general creditor of Superior in the same manner as any other creditor having a general claim for matured and unpaid compensation.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered on the dates indicated below.
         
  SUPERIOR ENERGY SERVICES, INC.
 
 
_______________, 20__  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
_______________, 20__
  Participant    
     
     
     

5


 

         
Schedule A
PEER GROUP COMPANIES
BJ Services Co.
Helix Energy Solutions Group Inc.
Helmerich & Payne Inc.
Oceaneering International, Inc.
Oil States International, Inc.
Pride International, Inc.
RPC, Inc.
Seacor Holdings, Inc.
Smith International Inc.
Tetra Technologies, Inc.
Weatherford International Inc.
     If any peer group company’s Relative ROIC or Relative TSR shall cease to be publicly available (due to a business combination, receivership, bankruptcy or other event) or if any such company is no longer publicly held, the Committee shall exclude that company from the peer group and, in its sole discretion, substitute another comparable company.

A-1

exv10w22
Exhibit 10.22
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
     THIS AGREEMENT, executed by the parties on the dates indicated on the signature page, is by and between Superior Energy Services, Inc. (“Superior”), and _______________ (“Optionee”).
     WHEREAS Optionee is a key employee of Superior or one of its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”) and Superior considers it desirable and in its best interest that Optionee be given an inducement to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company and an added incentive to advance the interests of the Company by possessing an option to purchase shares of the common stock of Superior, $.001 par value per share (the “Common Stock”), in accordance with the Superior Energy Services, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, it is agreed by and between the parties as follows:
1.
GRANT OF OPTION
     On _______________, 20___ (the “Date of Grant”), Superior granted to Optionee the right, privilege and option to purchase ___ shares of Common Stock (the “Option”) at an exercise price of $____________  per share (the “Exercise Price”). The Option shall be exercisable at the time specified in Article II below. The Option is a non-qualified stock option and shall not be treated as an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).
2.
TIME OF EXERCISE
     2.1 Subject to the provisions of the Plan and the other provisions of this Agreement, the Option shall vest in equal annual installments as follows:
     
Scheduled Vesting Date   Number of Shares To Vest
December 31, 20___
   
December 31, 20___
   
December 31, 20___
   
     The Option shall expire and may not be exercised later than the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant.
     2.2 Except as otherwise provided herein, upon the termination of Optionee’s employment with the Company, any portion of the Option that has not yet become exercisable shall terminate immediately. If Optionee’s employment by the Company is terminated because of death or disability (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), any portion of the Option that has not yet vested shall become immediately exercisable on the date of such termination of employment. If the Optionee’s employment by the Company is terminated

 


 

because of (a) Optionee’s retirement on or after reaching age 55 with five years of service, or (b) the Company’s termination of Optionee’s employment without Cause (as defined below), then, if approved by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of Superior, any portion of the Option that has not yet vested shall become immediately exercisable on the date of such termination of employment.
     2.3 If Optionee’s employment by the Company is terminated for Cause, the Option shall terminate in full immediately, whether or not exercisable at the time of termination of employment. “Cause” for termination of employment shall be deemed to exist upon either (a) a final determination is made in accordance with the terms of Optionee’s employment agreement, if any, with the Company that the Optionee’s employment has been terminated for “cause” within the meaning of the employment agreement or (b), if the Optionee is not subject to an employment agreement: (i) failure to abide by the Company’s rules and regulations governing the transaction of its business, including without limitation, its Code of Business Ethics and Conduct; (ii) inattention to duties, or the commission of acts within employment with the Company amounting to negligence or misconduct; (iii) misappropriation of funds or property of the Company or committing any fraud against the Company or against any other person or entity in the course of employment with the Company; (iv) misappropriation of any corporate opportunity, or otherwise obtaining personal profit from any transaction which is adverse to the interests of the Company or to the benefits of which the Company is entitled; or (v) the commission of a felony or other crime involving moral turpitude.
     2.4 Except as provided in Sections 2.5 and 2.6, if Optionee’s employment with the Company is terminated, the Option must be exercised, to the extent exercisable at the time of termination of employment, within 30 days of the date on which Optionee ceases to be an employee, but in no event later than the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant.
     2.5 If Optionee’s employment by the Company is terminated because of (a) death, (b) disability (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code) or (c) retirement on or after reaching age 55 with five years of service, the Option must be exercised, to the extent exercisable at the time of termination of employment, on or before the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant. In the event of Optionee’s death, the Option may, to the extent exercisable at the time of death, be exercised by his estate, or by the person to whom such right devolves from him by reason of his death. If the Optionee’s employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause, then the Option must be exercised, to the extent exercisable at the time of termination of employment, within five years following the date of termination of employment, but in no event later than the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant.
     2.6 If there has been a Change of Control (as defined in the Plan) of Superior, (a) if the Option remains outstanding after the Change of Control, either as a right to purchase Common Stock or as a right to purchase that number and class of shares of stock or other securities or property (including without limitation, cash) to which the Optionee would have been entitled if, immediately prior to the Change of Control, the Optionee had been the record owner of the number of shares of Common Stock then covered by the Option and (b) if the Optionee’s employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause within a one-year period following the Change of Control, then the Option must be exercised within five years

2


 

following the date of termination of employment, but in no event later than the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant.
3.
FORFEITURE OF OPTION AND OPTION GAIN
     If at any time during Optionee’s employment by the Company or within 36 months after termination of employment, Optionee engages in any activity in competition with any activity of the Company, or inimical, contrary or harmful to the interests of the Company, including but not limited to:
     (a) conduct relating to Optionee’s employment for which either criminal or civil penalties against Optionee may be sought;
     (b) conduct or activity that results in termination of Optionee’s employment for Cause;
     (c) violation of Company policies, including, without limitation, the Company’s Code of Business Ethics and Conduct;
     (d) accepting employment with, acquiring a 5% or more equity or participation interest in, serving as a consultant, advisor, director or agent of, directly or indirectly soliciting or recruiting any employee of the Company who was employed at any time during Optionee’s tenure with the Company, or otherwise assisting in any other capacity or manner any company or enterprise that is directly or indirectly in competition with or acting against the interests of the Company or any of its lines of business (a “competitor”), except for (i) any isolated, sporadic accommodation or assistance provided to a competitor, at its request, by Optionee during Optionee’s tenure with the Company, but only if provided in the good faith and reasonable belief that such action would benefit the Company by promoting good business relations with the competitor and would not harm the Company’s interests in any substantial manner or (ii) any other service or assistance that is provided at the request or with the written permission of the Company;
     (e) disclosing or misusing any confidential information or material concerning the Company; or
     (f) making any statement or disclosing any information to any customers, suppliers, lessors, lessees, licensors, licensees, regulators, employees or others with whom the Company engages in business that is defamatory or derogatory with respect to the business, operations, technology, management, or other employees of the Company, or taking any other action that could reasonably be expected to injure the Company in its business relationships with any of the foregoing parties or result in any other detrimental effect on the Company;
then the Company shall provide written notice to the Optionee of the Optionee’s violation of this Agreement, and the Optionee shall pay in cash to the Company, without interest, any option gain realized by Optionee from exercising all or a portion of the Option during the period beginning one year prior to termination of employment (or one year prior to the date Optionee first engages in such activity if no termination occurs) and ending on the date on which the Option terminates,

3


 

and the Option shall terminate without any payment to Optionee effective the date on which Optionee engages in such activity, unless terminated sooner by operation of another term or condition of this Agreement or the Plan. For purposes hereof, “option gain” shall mean the difference between the closing market price of the Common Stock on the date of exercise minus the exercise price, multiplied by the number of shares purchased.
4.
METHOD OF EXERCISE OF OPTION
     Optionee may exercise all or a portion of the Option by contacting Merrill Lynch, the Company’s third party administrator, or any successor administrator, in accordance with the procedures established by the Company. Optionee shall specify the number of shares to be purchased and must pay the total exercise price of the shares, which may be accomplished in any manner set forth in the Plan or approved by the Company. Once the Company or its delegee has received the exercise price for the shares, the appropriate officer of the Company shall cause the transfer of title of the shares purchased to Optionee on the Company’s stock records and cause such shares to be issued in Optionee’s name or to an account in Optionee’s name with his brokerage firm. Optionee shall not have any rights as a stockholder until such shares are issued to him.
5.
NO CONTRACT OF EMPLOYMENT INTENDED
     Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon Optionee any right to continue in the employ of the Company, or to interfere in any way with the right of the Company to terminate Optionee’s employment relationship with the Company at any time.
6.
NON-TRANSFERABILITY, BINDING EFFECT AND SUCCESSORS
     6.1 The Option may not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any manner, by operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, or pursuant to a domestic relations order, as defined in the Code, and shall not be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors and administrators and permitted successors.
     6.2 If in connection with a Change of Control, the Option is assumed by a successor to the Company, then, as used herein, “Company” shall include any successor to the Company’s business and assets that assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement.
7.
INCONSISTENT PROVISIONS
     The Option is subject to the provisions of the Plan as in effect on the date hereof and as it may be amended. In the event any provision of this Agreement conflicts with such a provision of the Plan, the Plan provision shall control.

4


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed on the dates indicated below.
         
  SUPERIOR ENERGY SERVICES, INC.
 
 
_______________, 20__   By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
_______________, 20__     
  Optionee  
     
     
 

5

exv10w23
Ex. 10.23
RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT
     This RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), executed by the parties on the dates indicated on the signature page, is by and between Superior Energy Services, Inc. (“Superior”) and                      (“Award Recipient”).
     WHEREAS, Superior maintains the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), under which the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of Superior (the “Committee”) may, directly or indirectly, among other things, grant restricted shares of Superior’s common stock, $.001 par value per share (the “Common Stock”), to key employees of Superior or its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”); and
     WHEREAS, pursuant to the Plan the Committee has awarded to the Award Recipient restricted shares of Common Stock on the terms and conditions specified below;
     NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:
1.
AWARD OF SHARES
     On                     , 20___ (the “Date of Grant”), and upon the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, Superior awarded to the Award Recipient                      restricted shares of Common Stock (the “Restricted Stock”), that vest, subject to Sections 2, 3 and 4 hereof, in equal annual installments as follows:
     
    Number of Shares of
Scheduled Vesting Date   Restricted Stock To Vest
January 1, 20___
   
January 1, 20___
   
January 1, 20___
   
2.
AWARD RESTRICTIONS ON
RESTRICTED STOCK
     2.1 In addition to the conditions and restrictions provided in the Plan, neither the shares of Restricted Stock nor the right to vote the Restricted Stock, to receive dividends thereon or to enjoy any other rights or interests thereunder or hereunder may be sold, assigned, donated, transferred, exchanged, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise encumbered prior to vesting. Subject to the restrictions on transfer provided in this Section 2.1, the Award Recipient shall be entitled to all rights of a shareholder of Superior with respect to the Restricted Stock, including the right to vote the shares and receive all dividends and other distributions declared thereon.
     2.2 If the shares of Restricted Stock have not already vested in accordance with Section 1 above, the shares of Restricted Stock shall vest and all restrictions set forth in Section 2.1 shall lapse on the earlier of: (a) the date on which the employment of the Award Recipient terminates as a result of any of the events specified in Sections 3(a) or (b) below, (b) if

 


 

permitted by the Committee in accordance with Section 3 below, retirement or termination by the Company, or (c) the occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined in the Plan).
3.
TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
     If the Award Recipient’s employment terminates as the result of (a) death or (b) disability (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)), all unvested shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder shall immediately vest. Unless the Committee determines otherwise in the case of retirement of the Award Recipient or termination by the Company of the Award Recipient’s employment, termination of employment for any other reason, except termination upon a Change of Control (as defined in the Plan), shall automatically result in the termination and forfeiture of all unvested Restricted Stock.
4.
FORFEITURE OF AWARD
     4.1 If at any time during Award Recipient’s employment by the Company or within 36 months after termination of employment, Award Recipient engages in any activity in competition with any activity of the Company, or inimical, contrary or harmful to the interests of the Company, including but not limited to:
     (a) conduct relating to Award Recipient’s employment for which either criminal or civil penalties against Award Recipient may be sought;
     (b) conduct or activity that results in the termination of Award Recipient’s employment for “cause” within the meaning of the terms of Award Recipient’s employment agreement, if any, with the Company or if the Optionee is not subject to an employment agreement: (i) failure to abide by the Company’s rules and regulations governing the transaction of its business, including without limitation, its Code of Business Ethics and Conduct; (ii) inattention to duties, or the commission of acts within employment with the Company amounting to negligence or misconduct; (iii) misappropriation of funds or property of the Company or committing any fraud against the Company or against any other person or entity in the course of employment with the Company; (iv) misappropriation of any corporate opportunity, or otherwise obtaining personal profit from any transaction which is adverse to the interests of the Company or to the benefits of which the Company is entitled; or (v) the commission of a felony or other crime involving moral turpitude.
     (c) accepting employment with, acquiring a 5% or more equity or participation interest in, serving as a consultant, advisor, director or agent of, directly or indirectly soliciting or recruiting any employee of the Company who was employed at any time during Award Recipient’s tenure with the Company, or otherwise assisting in any other capacity or manner any company or enterprise that is directly or indirectly in competition with or acting against the interests of the Company or any of its lines of business (a “competitor”), except for (i) any isolated, sporadic accommodation or assistance provided to a competitor, at its request, by Award Recipient during Award

2


 

Recipient’s tenure with the Company, but only if provided in the good faith and reasonable belief that such action would benefit the Company by promoting good business relations with the competitor and would not harm the Company’s interests in any substantial manner or (ii) any other service or assistance that is provided at the request or with the written permission of the Company;
     (d) disclosing or misusing any confidential information or material concerning the Company; or
     (e) making any statement or disclosing any information to any customers, suppliers, lessors, lessees, licensors, licensees, regulators, employees or others with whom the Company engages in business that is defamatory or derogatory with respect to the business, operations, technology, management, or other employees of the Company, or taking any other action that could reasonably be expected to injure the Company in its business relationships with any of the foregoing parties or result in any other detrimental effect on the Company;
then the Company shall provide written notice to the Award Recipient of the Award Recipient’s violation of this Agreement, and the award of Restricted Stock granted hereunder shall automatically terminate and be forfeited effective on the date on which the Award Recipient breaches this Section 4.1 and (i) all shares of Common Stock acquired by the Award Recipient pursuant to this Agreement (or other securities into which such shares have been converted or exchanged) shall be returned to the Company or, if no longer held by the Award Recipient, the Award Recipient shall pay to the Company, without interest, all cash, securities or other assets received by the Award Recipient upon the sale or transfer of such stock or securities, and (ii) all unvested shares of Restricted Stock shall be forfeited.
     4.2 If the Award Recipient owes any amount to the Company under Section 4.1 above, the Award Recipient acknowledges that the Company may, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, deduct such amount from any amounts the Company owes the Award Recipient from time to time for any reason (including without limitation amounts owed to the Award Recipient as salary, wages, reimbursements or other compensation, fringe benefits, retirement benefits or vacation pay). Whether or not the Company elects to make any such set-off in whole or in part, if the Company does not recover by means of set-off the full amount the Award Recipient owes it, the Award Recipient hereby agrees to pay immediately the unpaid balance to the Company.
     4.3 The Award Recipient may be released from the Award Recipient’s obligations under Sections 4.1 and 4.2 above only if the Committee determines in its sole discretion that such action is in the best interests of the Company.
5.
ESCROW
     5.1 The shares of Restricted Stock will generally be represented in book or electronic entry rather than a physical certificate, and Superior shall take steps necessary to restrict transfer of the Restricted Stock as it deems necessary or advisable until the lapse of restrictions under the

3


 

terms hereof. In the event a stock certificates evidencing the Restricted Stock is issued, the certificate shall be retained by Superior until the lapse of restrictions under the terms hereof, and Superior shall place a legend, in the form specified in the Plan, on such stock certificate restricting the transferability of the shares of Restricted Stock.
     5.2 Upon the lapse of the restrictions on shares of Restricted Stock, Superior will credit the Award Recipient’s brokerage account with the vested shares of Restricted Stock. If the Award Recipient has not established a brokerage account, the shares will be held by Superior’s transfer agent until such time as the Award Recipient opens such an account.
6.
WITHHOLDING TAXES
     At the time that all or any portion of the Restricted Stock vests, the Award Recipient must deliver to Superior the amount of income tax withholding required by law. In accordance with and subject to the terms of the Plan, the Award Recipient may satisfy the tax withholding obligation in whole or in part by delivering currently owned shares of Common Stock or by electing to have Superior withhold from the shares the Award Recipient otherwise would receive hereunder shares of Common Stock having a value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld (as determined under the Plan).
7.
ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS
     Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if at any time Superior further determines, in its sole discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification (or any updating of any such document) of the shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant hereto is necessary on any securities exchange or under any federal or state securities or blue sky law, or that the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with the issuance of shares of Common Stock pursuant thereto, or the removal of any restrictions imposed on such shares, such shares of Common Stock shall not be issued, in whole or in part, or the restrictions thereon removed, unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to Superior. Superior agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to issue all shares of Common Stock issuable hereunder on the terms provided herein.
8.
NO CONTRACT OF EMPLOYMENT INTENDED
     Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon the Award Recipient any right to continue in the employment of the Company, or to interfere in any way with the right of the Company to terminate the Award Recipient’s employment relationship with the Company at any time.
9.
BINDING EFFECT
     This Agreement may not be transferred, assigned pledged or hypothecated in any manner or law or otherwise, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a

4


 

domestic relations order as defined in the Code, and shall not be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives and permitted successors. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, whenever the term “Award Recipient” is used in any provision of this Agreement under circumstances where the provision appropriately applies to the heirs, executors, administrators or legal representatives to whom this award may be transferred by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, the term “Award Recipient” shall be deemed to include such person or persons.
10.
INCONSISTENT PROVISIONS
     The shares of Restricted Stock granted hereby are subject to the terms, conditions, restrictions and other provisions of the Plan as fully as if all such provisions were set forth in their entirety in this Agreement. If any provision of this Agreement conflicts with a provision of the Plan, the Plan provision shall control. The Award Recipient acknowledges that a copy of the Plan and a prospectus summarizing the Plan was distributed or made available to the Award Recipient and that the Award Recipient was advised to review such materials prior to entering into this Agreement. The Award Recipient waives the right to claim that the provisions of the Plan are not binding upon the Award Recipient and the Award Recipient’s heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives and successors.
11.
GOVERNING LAW
     This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Louisiana.
12.
SEVERABILITY
     If any term or provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any person or circumstance, shall at any time or to any extent be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect as written, the Award Recipient and Superior intend for any court construing this Agreement to modify or limit such provision so as to render it valid and enforceable to the fullest extent allowed by law. Any such provision that is not susceptible of such reformation shall be ignored so as to not affect any other term or provision hereof, and the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such term or provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby and each term and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.
13.
ENTIRE AGREEMENT; MODIFICATION
     13.1 The Plan and this Agreement contain the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter contained herein and may not be modified, except as provided in the Plan, as it may be amended from time to time in the manner provided therein, or in this Agreement, as it may be amended from time to time by a written document signed by each of the

5


 

parties hereto. Any oral or written agreements, representations, warranties, written inducements, or other communications with respect to the subject matter contained herein made prior to the execution of the Agreement shall be void and ineffective for all purposes.
     13.2 By Award Recipient’s signature below, Award Recipient represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions of the Plan, and hereby accepts this Agreement subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Award Recipient has reviewed the Plan and this Agreement in their entirety and fully understands all provisions of this Agreement. Award Recipient agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Agreement.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered on the on the dates indicated below.
             
    SUPERIOR ENERGY SERVICES, INC.    
 
           
                                , 20___
  By:        
 
           
 
      Name:    
 
      Title:    
 
           
                                , 20___
       
    Award Recipient
   

6

exv10w26
Exhibit 10.26
AMENDMENT TO THE OFFER LETTER BETWEEN
SUPERIOR ENERGY SERVICES, INC. AND PATRICK J. ZUBER
     This Amendment to the Offer Letter dated November 7, 2007 (“Offer Letter”) between Superior Energy Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Superior” or the “Company”), and Patrick J. Zuber (the “Executive”), is dated December 22, 2008, but is effective in all respects as of January 1, 2008 (the “Effective Date”).
     WHEREAS, Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and applicable Treasury Regulations and guidance thereunder (“Section 409A”) regulate the timing of inclusion into income of nonqualified deferred compensation, imposing penalty taxation and interest on the service provider for noncompliance; and
     WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive desire to amend the terms of the Offer Letter to comply with Section 409A (including any exemptions) such that the Executive as a service provider is not subject to additional taxation and penalties.
     NOW, THEREFORE, the Offer Letter is amended as follows, as of the Effective Date:
I.
     Paragraph 12 is amended by adding a last sentence to read as follows:
“Tax protection and tax equalization payments made pursuant to this section will be paid to you no later than the end of the second taxable year beginning after the taxable year in which your U.S. federal income tax return is required to be filed (including any extensions) for the year to which the compensation subject to the tax equalization payment relates.”
II.
     New Paragraph 13 is hereby added after Paragraph 12 to read as follows:
  13.     Section 409A; Timing of Payments. It is the intention of the parties that this Offer Letter comply with Section 409A and this Offer Letter shall be construed accordingly. Any amounts owed to you by the Company under the terms of this Offer Letter and for which no time of payment has been specified will be paid to you no later than March 15 following the fiscal year in which you were eligible to receive such payment. All such payments are intended to be exempt from Section 409A as short-term deferrals pursuant to Treasury Regulation §1.409A-1(b)(4). No acceleration of payments and benefits provided for in this Offer Letter, which constitute non-qualified deferred compensation under Section 409A, shall be permitted except that Superior may accelerate payment, if permitted under the regulations under Section 409A.”
         
  SUPERIOR ENERGY SERVICES, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Terence E. Hall    
    Terence E. Hall   
    Chief Executive Officer   
 
     
    /s/ Patrick J. Zuber    
    Patrick J. Zuber   
     
 

exv10w27
Exhibit 10.27
SUPERIOR ENERGY SERVICES, INC.
SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN
Effective January 1, 2008

 


 

Table Of Contents
             
        Page  
 
           
ARTICLE I PURPOSE AND EFFECTIVE DATE     1  
ARTICLE II DEFINITIONS     1  
2.01
  Account or Accounts     1  
2.02
  Administrative Committee     1  
2.03
  Base Salary     1  
2.04
  Beneficiary     1  
2.05
  Board     1  
2.06
  Bonus Compensation     1  
2.07
  Business Combination     1  
2.08
  Cause     2  
2.09
  CEO     2  
2.10
  Change of Control     2  
2.11
  Change of Control Participant     3  
2.12
  Claimant     4  
2.13
  Code     4  
2.14
  Compensation Committee     4  
2.15
  Common Stock     4  
2.16
  Company     4  
2.17
  Designee     4  
2.18
  Disabled or Disability     4  
2.19
  Discretionary Contributions     4  
2.20
  Effective Date     4  
2.21
  ERISA     4  
2.22
  Form of Payment     4  
2.23
  401(k) Plan     4  
2.24
  Incumbent Board     4  
2.25
  Participant     4  
2.26
  Participation Agreement     4  
2.27
  Plan Year     5  
2.28
  Post Transaction Corporation     5  
2.29
  Retirement Account     5  
2.30
  Retirement Contributions     5  
2.31
  Section 409A Change of Control     5  
2.32
  Separation from Service     5  
2.33
  Superior     5  
2.34
  Valuation Date     5  
2.35
  Year of Service     5  
ARTICLE III PARTICIPATION     5  
3.01
  Participation     5  
3.02
  Termination of Participation     5  
ARTICLE IV CONTRIBUTIONS     6  
4.01
  Retirement Contributions     6  
4.02
  Discretionary Contributions     8  


 

Table Of Contents
             
        Page  
 
           
4.03
  Withholding on Contributions     8  
ARTICLE V MAINTENANCE OF ACCOUNTS AND EARNINGS     8  
5.01
  Maintenance of Accounts     8  
5.02
  Earnings Allocation     8  
5.03
  Statement of Accounts     9  
ARTICLE VI VESTING     9  
6.01
  Vesting Events     9  
6.02
  Forfeiture     9  
ARTICLE VII RETIREMENT BENEFIT     10  
7.01
  Retirement Benefit     10  
7.02
  Timing and Manner of Payment     10  
7.03
  Participation Agreement     11  
7.04
  Participation Agreement Timing     11  
7.05
  Modification of Form of Payment     11  
7.06
  Death     11  
7.07
  Acceleration of Payment     12  
7.08
  Delay of Payment     13  
ARTICLE VIII ADMINISTRATION     14  
8.01
  Administrative Committee Duties     14  
8.02
  Claims Procedure     15  
ARTICLE IX AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN     16  
9.01
  Amendment     16  
9.02
  Company’s Right to Terminate     16  
ARTICLE X MISCELLANEOUS     17  
10.01
  Unfunded Plan     17  
10.02
  Nonassignability     18  
10.03
  Validity and Severability     18  
10.04
  Governing Law     18  
10.05
  Employment Status     18  
10.06
  Underlying Plans and Programs     18  

ii 


 

ARTICLE I
PURPOSE AND EFFECTIVE DATE
     The purpose of the Superior Energy Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“Plan”) is to aid Superior Energy Services, Inc. (“Superior”) and its wholly-owned subsidiaries in retaining and attracting executives and key management personnel by providing them with Company retirement benefits above and beyond those provided through other Superior plans, and to reward exceptional performance by certain executives employed by Superior before the Plan was adopted, in a vehicle designed to provide tax deferred income. The Plan restricts participation to a select group of management and highly compensated employees (within the meaning of Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended) and is intended to comply with Internal Revenue Code Section 409A. The Plan is effective January 1, 2008.
ARTICLE II
DEFINITIONS
     For the purposes of this Plan, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings indicated, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:
     2.01 Account or Accounts. “Account” or “Accounts” means the Participant’s Retirement Account and any other notional Account(s) (such as Accounts for Discretionary Contributions) established by the Administrative Committee to track credits and earnings under the Plan.
     2.02 Administrative Committee. “Administrative Committee” means the committee appointed by the Compensation Committee, or by any person(s) to whom the Compensation Committee has delegated the power of appointment. As of the Effective Date of the Plan, the persons listed on Appendix A are members of the Administrative Committee.
     2.03 Base Salary. “Base Salary” means the base cash compensation paid by the Company to or for the benefit of a Participant for services rendered or labor performed while a Participant, before any reduction for withholdings or amounts deferred under any deferral program of the Company.
     2.04 Beneficiary. “Beneficiary” means the person, persons or entity designated by the Participant to receive any benefits payable under the Plan pursuant to a Participation Agreement.
     2.05 Board. “Board” means the Board of Directors of Superior.
     2.06 Bonus Compensation. “Bonus Compensation” means the cash bonus paid during the first quarter of each calendar year pursuant to the Company’s annual incentive plan, before any reduction for withholdings or amounts deferred under any deferral program of the Company.
     2.07 Business Combination. “Business Combination” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(c).

1


 

     2.08 Cause. “Cause” means Cause as defined in the Participant’s employment agreement with the Company, if any. If the Participant has no employment agreement with the Company, “Cause” means:
     (a) the substantial and continued willful failure by a Participant to perform his or her assigned duties that results, or could reasonably be expected to result, in material harm to the business or reputation of the Company, which failure is not corrected (if correctable) by the Participant within 30 days after written notice of such failure is delivered to the Participant by the Company;
     (b) a violation of the Company’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, which violation is not corrected (if correctable) by the Participant within 30 days after written notice of such violation is delivered to the Participant by the Company; or
     (c) the commission by the Participant of any criminal act involving moral turpitude or a felony which results in an indictment or conviction.
     2.09 CEO. “CEO” means the Chief Executive Officer of Superior.
     2.10 Change of Control. “Change of Control” means:
     (a) the acquisition by any person of beneficial ownership of 50% or more of the outstanding shares of the Common Stock or 50% or more of the combined voting power of Superior’s then outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (a), the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change of Control:
     (1) any acquisition (other than a Business Combination (as defined below) which constitutes a Change of Control under Section 2.10(c) hereof) of Common Stock directly from Superior,
     (2) any acquisition of Common Stock by Superior,
     (3) any acquisition of Common Stock by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by Superior or any corporation controlled by Superior, or
     (4) any acquisition of Common Stock by any corporation or other entity pursuant to a Business Combination that does not constitute a Change of Control under Section 2.10(c) hereof; or
     (b) individuals who, as of December 1, 2008, constituted the Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to such date whose election, or nomination for election by Superior’s stockholders, was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered a member of the Incumbent Board, unless such individual’s initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the

2


 

election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a person other than the Incumbent Board; or
     (c) consummation of a reorganization, share exchange, merger or consolidation (including any such transaction involving any direct or indirect subsidiary of Superior) or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of Superior (a “Business Combination”); provided, however, that in no such case shall any such transaction constitute a Change of Control if immediately following such Business Combination:
     (1) the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners of Superior’s outstanding Common Stock and Superior’s voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors immediately prior to such Business Combination have direct or indirect beneficial ownership, respectively, of more than 50% of the then outstanding shares of common stock, and more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the surviving or successor corporation, or, if applicable, the ultimate parent company thereof (the “Post-Transaction Corporation”), and
     (2) except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination, no person (excluding the Post-Transaction Corporation and any employee benefit plan or related trust of either Superior, the Post-Transaction Corporation or any subsidiary of either corporation) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 25% or more of the then outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination or 25% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation, and
     (3) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Post-Transaction Corporation were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board providing for such Business Combination; or
     (d) approval by the stockholders of Superior of a complete liquidation or dissolution of Superior.
For purposes of this Section 2.10 the term “person” shall mean a natural person or entity, and shall also mean the group or syndicate created when two or more persons act as a syndicate or other group (including, without limitation, a partnership or limited partnership) for the purpose of acquiring, holding, or disposing of a security, except that “person” shall not include an underwriter temporarily holding a security pursuant to an offering of the security.
Notwithstanding this Section 2.10, no payment shall be made from this Plan as a result of a Change of Control unless the Change of Control is also a Section 409A Change of Control.
     2.11 Change of Control Participant. “Change of Control Participant” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.02(a).

3


 

     2.12 Claimant. “Claimant” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.02(a).
     2.13 Code. “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. References to any provision of the Code or regulation (including a proposed regulation) thereunder shall include any successor provisions or regulations.
     2.14 Compensation Committee. “Compensation Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board.
     2.15 Common Stock. “Common Stock” means the common stock of Superior.
     2.16 Company. “Company” means Superior and all entities with whom Superior would be considered a single employer under Section 414(b) of the Code (employees of a controlled group of corporations), and all entities with whom Superior would be considered a single employer under Section 414(c) of the Code (employees of partnerships, proprietorships, etc., under common control).
     2.17 Designee. “Designee” means any individual(s) to whom the Board or the Compensation Committee has delegated authority to take action under the Plan. Wherever Board or Compensation Committee is referenced in the Plan, such reference shall be deemed to also refer to a Designee.
     2.18 Disabled or Disability. A Participant shall be considered “Disabled” or to have a “Disability” if the Participant is determined by the Compensation Committee to have a permanent and total disability, in its sole discretion.
     2.19 Discretionary Contributions. “Discretionary Contributions” means contributions made in the discretion of the Compensation Committee pursuant to Section 4.02.
     2.20 Effective Date. “Effective Date” means January 1, 2008.
     2.21 ERISA. “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
     2.22 Form of Payment. “Form of Payment” means payment in a lump sum or annual installments (not to exceed 15).
     2.23 401(k) Plan. “401(k) Plan” means the Superior Energy 401(k) Plan, as amended.
     2.24 Incumbent Board. “Incumbent Board” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(b).
     2.25 Participant. “Participant” means any individual who is eligible to participate in the Plan in accordance with Article III.
     2.26 Participation Agreement. “Participation Agreement” means the form completed by the Participant in accordance with Section 7.03.

4


 

     2.27 Plan Year. “Plan Year” means a twelve-month period beginning January 1 and ending the following December 31.
     2.28 Post Transaction Corporation. “Post-Transaction Corporation” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(c).
     2.29 Retirement Account. “Retirement Account” means the notional account maintained on the books of the Company for each Participant to track contributions made pursuant to Article IV.
     2.30 Retirement Contributions. “Retirement Contributions” means contributions made pursuant to Section 4.01.
     2.31 Section 409A Change of Control. “Section 409A Change of Control” means a change in the ownership or effective control of a Company or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of a Company, as such terms are defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5).
     2.32 Separation from Service. “Separation from Service” means “separation from service” with the Company as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).
     2.33 Superior. “Superior” means Superior Energy Services, Inc. and its successors and assigns, including but not limited to any corporation or entity with or into which such company may merge or consolidate.
     2.34 Valuation Date. “Valuation Date” means the last calendar date of each Plan Year or such other dates as the Administrative Committee in its sole discretion may determine.
     2.35 Year of Service. “Year of Service” means a Year of Service as determined for vesting purposes under the 401(k) Plan (1,000 hours of service (as defined in the 401(k) Plan) during a calendar year equals one Year of Service).
ARTICLE III
PARTICIPATION
     3.01 Participation. Participation in the Plan shall be limited to executive officers of Superior and other members of a select group of management or highly compensated employees of any Company that is 100%-owned by Superior (directly or indirectly). Participants must be recommended for participation in the Plan by the CEO and approved by the Compensation Committee. After such approval, Participants who are not executive officers of Superior will be identified on Appendix B, which shall be updated as necessary to reflect such changes, without the necessity of a Plan amendment.
     3.02 Termination of Participation. Active participation (i.e., eligibility for contributions pursuant to Article IV) shall cease upon the earlier of Separation from Service or upon a designation of the Participant as ineligible to participate by the CEO, with the approval of the Compensation Committee. The CEO, with approval of the Compensation Committee, may determine at any time that a Participant shall cease to be eligible for additional contributions

5


 

under the Plan. Appendix B shall be updated as necessary to reflect such changes, without the necessity of a Plan amendment. Participation shall cease completely when a Participant has no Account balance under the Plan.
ARTICLE IV
CONTRIBUTIONS
     4.01 Retirement Contributions. The Company shall credit each Participant’s Retirement Account with amounts determined in accordance with this Section 4.01, as follows:
     (a) Base Contributions. Unless otherwise provided in Section 4.01(b) for a given Plan Year, the annual Retirement Contribution for a Participant shall be the Retirement Contribution Percentage specified in the following table (based on the sum of the Participant’s age and Years of Service), multiplied by the sum of the Participant’s Base Salary paid during such Plan Year plus Bonus Compensation paid during such Plan Year (notwithstanding the fact that the Bonus Compensation relates to services performed in a prior year).
         
Participant’s Age + Years of   Retirement Contribution
Service   Percentage
0-45
    2.5 %
46-55
    5.0 %
56-65
    7.5 %
66-75
    10.0 %
76-85
    15.0 %
86-95
    17.5 %
96-105
    20.0 %
106+
    25.0 %
     (b) Enhanced Contributions. Notwithstanding Section 4.01(a), and in lieu of the contributions provided thereunder, for a given Plan Year, the Retirement Account of a Participant employed by the Company as of December 31, 2008, and whose age plus Years of Service as of such date totaled at least 55, shall be credited with annual Retirement Contributions equal to the Retirement Contribution Percentage specified in the following table (based on the Participant’s age and Years of Service) multiplied by the sum of the Participant’s Base Salary paid during such Plan Year plus Bonus Compensation paid during such Plan Year (notwithstanding the fact that the Bonus Compensation relates to services performed in a prior year).

6


 

                                                                 
    Years of Service
    Retirement Contribution Percentage
Age   1-5   6-10   11-15   16-20   21-25   26-30   31-35   36-40
 
50-54
    10.0 %     10.0 %     15.0 %     15.0 %     20.0 %     20.0 %     25.0 %     25.0 %
55-59
    10.0 %     15.0 %     15.0 %     20.0 %     20.0 %     25.0 %     25.0 %     35.0 %
60-64
    15.0 %     15.0 %     20.0 %     20.0 %     25.0 %     25.0 %     35.0 %     35.0 %
65+
    15.0 %     20.0 %     20.0 %     25.0 %     25.0 %     35.0 %     35.0 %     35.0 %
     (c) Determination of Age and Years of Service. For purposes of this Article IV, age and Years of Service are determined as of the last day of each Plan Year, fractional years shall not be counted, and there shall be no rounding to the next highest age or Year of Service.
     (d) Effect of Termination of Employment. A Participant shall not be entitled to receive a credit to his or her Retirement Account with respect to a Plan Year if he or she terminates employment prior to the date on which Retirement Contributions are credited to the Accounts of Participants in accordance with Section 4.01(e), unless the termination was due to the Participant’s Disability or Death, or termination by the Company without Cause, or due to a voluntary termination of employment after attaining age 65 or following a Change of Control.
     (e) Timing of Contributions. A Participant’s Retirement Contribution with respect to a given Plan Year of participation in the Plan shall be credited to the Participant’s Retirement Account in the first quarter following the end of such Plan Year (e.g. by March 31, 2009 for the 2008 Plan Year).
     (f) First Year of Participation. Contributions with respect to the Plan Year in which a Participant becomes a Participant shall be based on the Participant’s Base Salary and Bonus Compensation for the entire Plan Year. However, in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(a)(7), a new Participant’s Retirement Contributions with respect to the first year of participation in the Plan shall not exceed (in absolute terms) the Participant’s Base Salary and other compensation earned during the Plan Year after a Participation Agreement is filed in accordance with Section 7.04. The previous sentence shall not apply to the 2008 Plan Year, in accordance with transition guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service in Notice 2007-86.
     (g) Sample Retirement Contribution Calculation. Assume that Executive A is age 55 and has 10 Years of Service as of December 31, 2008. His 2008 Base Salary was $300,000 and he received a bonus in February 2008 of $200,000.
               Because his age plus Years of Service total at least 55, Executive A is eligible for an Enhanced Contribution. His contribution for the 2008 Plan Year will be $75,000, determined as follows:

7


 

     
$300,000
  Base Salary
200,000
  Bonus Compensation
 
   
$500,000
   
X    15%
  From table at Section 4.01(b)
 
   
$  75,000
  Retirement Contribution (Credited 1st Quarter 2009)
     4.02 Discretionary Contributions. The Compensation Committee may, in its sole and absolute discretion, allocate Discretionary Contributions to a Participant’s Accounts if and when it deems appropriate (for example, if the Company wishes to reward long-service executives or provide additional incentives to recruit executives). Discretionary Contributions may be subject to special provisions, as specified by the Compensation Committee, including (but not limited to) special vesting and form of payment provisions. Declarations of awards of Discretionary Contributions shall be treated as a part of this Plan document and memorialized on Appendix C to the Plan.
     4.03 Withholding on Contributions. To the extent that the Company is required to withhold any taxes or other amounts from a contribution under the Plan pursuant to any state, Federal or local law, such amounts shall be taken out of other compensation eligible to be paid to the Participant, unless otherwise provided by the Administrative Committee pursuant to Section 7.07.
ARTICLE V
MAINTENANCE OF ACCOUNTS AND EARNINGS
     5.01 Maintenance of Accounts. Separate Accounts shall be maintained for each Participant. A Participant’s Account shall be utilized solely as a device for the measurement and determination of the amounts to be paid to the Participant pursuant to this Plan, and shall not constitute or be treated as a trust fund of any kind. The Administrative Committee shall determine the balance of each Account, as of each Valuation Date, by adjusting the balance of such Account as of the immediately preceding Valuation Date to reflect contribution credits pursuant to Article IV, earnings pursuant to Section 5.02, and distributions pursuant to Article VII with respect to such Accounts since the preceding Valuation Date.
     By receiving or accepting any benefit under the Plan, each Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company is not and shall not be required to make any investment in connection with the Plan.
     5.02 Earnings Allocation. At the end of each Plan Year, each Participant’s Accounts will be adjusted to reflect earnings on the average daily balance of the Accounts during the Plan Year at a rate established on an annual basis by the Administrative Committee and approved by the Compensation Committee. The earnings rate established by the Administrative Committee shall be commensurate with Superior’s after-tax, long-term borrowing rate. Earnings shall be credited only on Accounts that are on the books of the Company at the end of the Plan Year. However, Accounts or portions of Accounts that are distributed during a Plan Year will be credited with earnings from the beginning of the Plan Year through the day immediately preceding the distribution, at the earnings rate applicable to the preceding Plan Year.

8


 

     5.03 Statement of Accounts. The Administrative Committee shall submit to each Participant an annual statement of his or her Accounts in such form as the Administrative Committee deems desirable, setting forth the balance to the credit of such Participant in his or her Accounts as of the end of the most recently completed Plan Year.
ARTICLE VI
VESTING
6.01 Vesting Events.
     (a) A Participant shall be vested in his Accounts in accordance with the following schedule:
         
Years of Service   Vested Percentage
Less than 6
    0 %
6
    20 %
7
    40 %
8
    60 %
9
    80 %
10 or more
    100 %
     (b) Notwithstanding Section 6.01(a), a Participant shall also be vested in his or her Retirement Account upon the earliest to occur of: (i) attaining age 65, (ii) a Change of Control, (iii) becoming Disabled, or (iv) the Company’s termination of the Participant’s employment without Cause. All Years of Service with the Company shall be counted for vesting purposes, including those accrued prior to the Effective Date.
     6.02 Forfeiture. A Participant shall forfeit his or her Account(s) (including previously vested Account(s)), and shall be liable to repay to the Company any amounts paid to him or her under Article VII, without interest, if the Participant is terminated for Cause, or if at any time during a Participant’s employment by the Company or within 36 months after termination of employment, the Participant engages in any activity in competition with any activity of the Company, or inimical, contrary or harmful to the interests of the Company, including but not limited to:
     (a) conduct relating to Participant’s employment for which either criminal or civil penalties against the Participant may be sought;
     (b) accepting employment with, acquiring a 5% or more equity or participation interest in, serving as a consultant, advisor, director or agent of, directly or indirectly soliciting or recruiting any employee of the Company who was employed at any time during the Participant’s tenure with the Company, or otherwise assisting in any other capacity or manner any company or enterprise that is directly or indirectly in competition with or acting against the interests of the Company or any of its lines of business (a “competitor”), except for (i) any isolated, sporadic accommodation or assistance provided to a competitor, as its request, by the Participant during the Participant’s tenure with the Company, but only if provided in the good faith and

9


 

reasonable belief that such action would benefit the Company by promoting good business relations with the competitor and would not harm the Company’s interests in any substantial manner or (ii) any other service or assistance that is provided at the request or with the written permission of the Company;
     (c) disclosing or misusing any confidential information or material concerning the Company; or
     (d) making any statement or disclosing any information to any customers, suppliers, lessors, lessees, licensors, licensees, regulators, employees or others with whom the Company engages in business that is defamatory or derogatory with respect to the business, operations, technology, management, or other employees of the Company, or taking any other action that could reasonably be expected to injure the Company in its business relationships with any of the foregoing parties or result in any other detrimental effect on the Company.
ARTICLE VII
RETIREMENT BENEFIT
     7.01 Retirement Benefit. Upon Separation from Service or death, a Participant or his or her Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive the vested balance of his or her Accounts.
     7.02 Timing and Manner of Payment. Upon Separation from Service, vested Accounts shall be paid to Participants at the time and in the manner set forth in this Section 7.02.
     (a) Six Month Delay. Except as otherwise provided in Sections 7.06 or 7.07, in no event may payments triggered by the Participant’s Separation from Service commence prior to the first business day of the seventh month following such Separation from Service.
     (b) Lump Sum. Accounts shall be paid in a lump sum within 30 days of the first day of the seventh month following the Participant’s Separation from Service if a Participant has not attained age 55 as of the date of his or her Separation from Service or if the Participant has not timely completed a Participation Agreement.
     (c) Installments. If a Participant has attained age 55 and has timely submitted a Participation Agreement in accordance with Section 7.04 on which he or she has elected installment payments, the Participant’s vested Account balance shall be paid in installments in accordance with his or her election on such Participation Agreement. Such installments shall commence within 30 days of the first day of the seventh month following the Participant’s Separation from Service. If a Participant has elected to receive payments in installments, the Company shall make annual cash payments from such Account, each of which shall consist of an amount equal to (i) the balance of such Account as of the most recent Valuation Date preceding the payment date times (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is the number of remaining installments (including the installment being paid).

10


 

     7.03 Participation Agreement. The Administrative Committee shall have the discretion to specify the contents of a Participation Agreement which, subject to Article VII, shall at a minimum set forth: (i) the form in which payments are to be made, which may be a lump sum or substantially equal annual installments of 2 to 15 years (if not completed, the Participant shall be deemed to have elected a lump sum payment), and (ii) the Participant’s Beneficiary(ies). Once made, an election as to the form of payment shall remain in effect for the duration of the Participant’s participation in the Plan. A Beneficiary election may be changed at any time by submitting the applicable form specified by the Administrative Committee to such Committee.
          If a Participant does not file a Participation Agreement then: (i) his or her vested Accounts will be paid in a lump sum on the first business day of the seventh month following Participant’s Separation from Service or, if sooner, within 90 days of his or her date of death, and (ii) his or her Beneficiary shall be deemed to be his or her spouse, if any, and if none, his or her estate.
     7.04 Participation Agreement Timing. A Participation Agreement generally must be filed prior to the December 31st immediately preceding the Plan Year in which the Participant becomes eligible to participate in the Plan or by such other Code Section 409A-compliant deadline as the Administrative Committee may prescribe. (A Participant who becomes eligible for the Plan and who is not eligible for another plan of the Company that would be aggregated with the Plan under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(c)(2) will generally have 30 days from the date he or she becomes a Participant to complete a Participation Agreement). Except as provided in Section 7.05, an election as to the form of payment shall be irrevocable. Notwithstanding this Section 7.04, Participants in the Plan for the 2008 Plan Year may make a form of payment election or revoke such an election and make a new election on or before December 31, 2008, in accordance with IRS Notice 2007-86.
     7.05 Modification of Form of Payment. A Participant may make an election to change the form of his or her payments from the Plan as set forth in an existing Participation Agreement, but in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b), such a change will result in the delay in the commencement of such payment(s) by five years from the original payment date (as in effect before such amendment). In addition, such amended Participation Agreement must be filed with the Administrative Committee at least 12 months prior to the date of the first scheduled payment under the Plan (as in effect before such amendment), and will not be effective for 12 months. Furthermore, in no event may a change pursuant to this Section 7.05 result in payments beyond the date that is 15 years after the Participant’s Separation from Service. (For example, a Participant making a valid election to change from a lump sum to installments would commence such installments 5 years after Separation from Service and cannot elect more than 10 installments.)
     7.06 Death. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, if a Participant dies prior to receiving full payment of his or her Account(s), the Company shall pay the remaining balance of his or her Account (determined as of the most recent Valuation Date preceding such event) to the Participant’s Beneficiary or Beneficiaries in a lump sum in cash within 90 days of the date of death.

11


 

     7.07 Acceleration of Payment. A Participant shall have no right to compel any accelerated payment of amounts due to a Participant. The Company may accelerate the payment of some or all of the amounts due to a Participant in a given year only in accordance with this Section and Section 409A of the Code.
     (a) Domestic Relations Orders. The Administrative Committee may, in its sole and absolute discretion, accelerate the time or schedule of a payment under the Plan to an individual other than the Participant as may be necessary to fulfill a domestic relations order (as defined in Section 414(p)(1)(B) of the Code).
     (b) Conflicts of Interest. The Administrative Committee may, in its sole and absolute discretion, provide for the acceleration of the time or schedule of a payment under the Plan to the extent necessary for any Federal officer or employee in the executive branch to comply with an ethics agreement with the Federal government. Additionally, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for the acceleration of the time or schedule of a payment under the Plan to the extent reasonably necessary to avoid the violation of an applicable Federal, state, local, or foreign ethics law or conflicts of interest law (including where such payment is reasonably necessary to permit the Participant to participate in activities in the normal course of his or her position in which the Participant would otherwise not be able to participate under an applicable rule).
     (c) Employment Taxes. The Administrative Committee may, in its sole and absolute discretion, provide for the acceleration of the time or schedule of a payment under the Plan to pay the Federal Insurance Contributions Act (FICA) tax imposed under Sections 3101, 3121(a), and 3121(v)(2) of the Code, on compensation deferred under the Plan (the FICA amount). Additionally, the Administrative Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for the acceleration of the time or schedule of a payment, to pay the income tax at source on wages imposed under Section 3401 of the Code or the corresponding withholding provisions of applicable state, local, or foreign tax laws as a result of the payment of the FICA amount, and to pay the additional income tax at source on wages attributable to the pyramiding Section 3401 of the Code wages and taxes. However, the total payment under this acceleration provision must not exceed the aggregate of the FICA amount, and the income tax withholding related to such FICA amount.
     (d) Limited Cash-Outs. The Administrative Committee may, in its sole discretion, require a mandatory lump sum payment of amounts deferred under the Plan that do not exceed the applicable dollar amount under Section 402(g)(1)(B) of the Code, provided that the payment results in the termination and liquidation of the entirety of the Participant’s interest under the Plan, including all agreements, methods, programs, or other arrangements with respect to which deferrals of compensation are treated as having been deferred under a single plan under Section 409A of the Code.
     (e) Payment Upon Income Inclusion Under Section 409A. The Administrative Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for the acceleration of the time or schedule of a payment under the Plan if at any time the Plan fails to meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. The payment may not exceed the amount

12


 

required to be included in income as a result of the failure to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.
     (f) Payment of State, Local, or Foreign Taxes. The Administrative Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for the acceleration of the time or schedule of a payment under the Plan to reflect payment of state, local, or foreign tax obligations arising from participation in the Plan that apply to an amount deferred under the Plan before the amount is paid or made available to the participant (the state, local, or foreign tax amount). Such payment may not exceed the amount of such taxes due as a result of participation in the Plan. The payment may be made in the form of withholding pursuant to provisions of applicable state, local, or foreign law or by payment directly to the Participant. Additionally, the Administrative Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for the acceleration of the time or schedule of a payment under the Plan to pay the income tax at source on wages imposed under Section 3401 of the Code as a result of such payment and to pay the additional income tax at source on wages imposed under Section 3401 of the Code attributable to such additional wages and taxes. However, the total payment under this acceleration provision must not exceed the aggregate of the state, local, and foreign tax amount, and the income tax withholding related to such state, local, and foreign tax amount.
     (g) Bona Fide Disputes as to a Right to a Payment. The Compensation Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for the acceleration of the time or schedule of a payment under the Plan where such payments occur as part of a settlement between the Participant and the Company of an arm’s length, bona fide dispute as to the Participant’s right to the deferred amount, if done in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(j)(4)(xiv).
     (h) Plan Terminations and Liquidations. The Compensation Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for the acceleration of the time or schedule of a payment under the Plan as provided in Section 9.02.
     (i) Other Events and Conditions. A payment may be accelerated upon such other events and conditions as the Internal Revenue Service may prescribe in generally applicable guidance published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin.
     7.08 Delay of Payment. A payment otherwise due hereunder may be delayed to a date after the designated payment date under any of the following circumstances:
     (a) Company Contracts. Payments that would violate loan covenants or other contractual terms to which the Company is a party, where such a violation would result in material harm to the Company (in such case, payment will be made at the earliest date at which the Company reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will not cause such violation, or such violation will not cause material harm to the Company).
     (b) Legal Compliance. If the Company reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will violate applicable law, provided that the payment shall be

13


 

made at the earliest date at which the Company reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will not cause such violation. (The making of a payment that would cause inclusion in gross income or the application of any penalty provision or other provision of the Code is not treated as a violation of applicable law.)
     (c) Compensation Deduction. If the Company reasonably anticipates that its deduction with respect to a payment under the Plan would be limited by the application of Code §162(m) (in such case, payment will be made at either the earliest date at which the Company reasonably anticipates that the deduction of the payment will not be so limited or the calendar year in which the Participant experiences a Separation from Service).
     (d) Other Events and Conditions. Payment may also be delayed upon such other events and conditions as the Commissioner of Internal Revenue may prescribe in generally applicable guidance published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin.
ARTICLE VIII
ADMINISTRATION
     8.01 Administrative Committee Duties. The Plan shall be administered by the Administrative Committee. A majority of the members of the Administrative Committee shall constitute a quorum. All resolutions or other action taken by the Administrative Committee shall be by a vote of a majority of its members present at any meeting or, without a meeting, by an instrument in writing signed by all its members. Members of the Administrative Committee may participate in a meeting of such committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment that enables all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting and waiver of notice of such meeting.
          The Administrative Committee shall be responsible for the administration of this Plan and shall have all powers necessary to administer this Plan, including discretionary authority to determine eligibility for benefits and to decide claims under the terms of this Plan, except to the extent that any such powers are vested in any other person. For example, the Compensation Committee shall have discretionary authority to determine eligibility for benefits and to decide claims involving Discretionary Contributions declared by the Compensation Committee. The Administrative Committee may from time to time establish rules for the administration of this Plan, and it shall have the exclusive right to interpret this Plan and to decide any matters arising in connection with the administration and operation of this Plan. All rules, interpretations and decisions of the Administrative Committee shall be conclusive and binding on the Company, Participants and Beneficiaries.
          The Administrative Committee’s responsibilities shall include, but shall not be limited to, determining in the first instance issues related to eligibility, distribution of Retirement Accounts, determination of Account balances, crediting of hypothetical earnings, distributions, and any other duties concerning the day-to-day operation of this Plan. The Administrative Committee may designate one of its members as a chairperson and may retain and supervise

14


 

outside providers, third party administrators, record keepers and professionals (including in-house professionals) to perform any or all of the duties delegated to it hereunder.
          Neither a member of the Board, the Compensation Committee, nor the Administrative Committee shall be liable for any act or action hereunder, whether of omission or commission, by any other member or employee or by any agent to whom duties in connection with the administration of this Plan have been delegated or for anything done or omitted to be done in connection with this Plan. The Administrative Committee shall keep records of all of its proceedings and shall keep records of all payments made to Participants or Beneficiaries and payments made for expenses or otherwise.
          Any member of the Administrative Committee who is due a benefit under the Plan shall recuse himself or herself from any Administrative Committee deliberations that concern such member’s benefits, including deliberations concerning such member’s eligibility for a benefit or his or her level of benefits. The previous sentence shall not apply to deliberations that apply to Participants generally rather than the particular member at issue.
          The Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify each member of the Board, the Compensation Committee, and the Administrative Committee (including the heirs, executors, administrators and other personal representatives of such person) against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement, actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any threatened, pending or actual suit, action or proceeding (whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative in nature or otherwise) in which such person may be involved by reason of the fact that he or she is or was serving this Plan in any capacity.
          Any expense incurred by the Company or the Administrative Committee relative to the administration of this Plan shall be paid by the Company.
     8.02 Claims Procedure.
     (a) Any Participant or Beneficiary (a “Claimant”) who believes that he or she is entitled to a benefit under the Plan which he or she has not received may submit a claim to the Administrative Committee. Claims for benefits under this Plan shall be made in writing, signed by the Claimant or his or her authorized representative, and must specify the basis of the Claimant’s complaint and the facts upon which he or she relies in making such claim. A claim shall be deemed filed when received by the Administrative Committee.
     (b) In the event a claim for benefits is wholly or partially denied by the Committee, the Administrative Committee shall notify the Claimant in writing of the denial of the claim within a reasonable period of time, but not later than ninety (90) days after receipt of the claim, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, in which case the ninety (90) day period may be extended to 180 days. The Administrative Committee shall notify the Claimant in writing of any such extension. A notice of denial shall be written in a manner reasonably calculated to be understood by the Claimant, and shall contain (i) the specific reason or reasons for denial of the claim;

15


 

(ii) a specific reference to the pertinent Plan provisions upon which the denial is based; (iii) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim, together with an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and (iv) an explanation of the Plan’s review procedure.
     (c) Within sixty (60) days of the receipt by the Claimant of the written notice of denial of the claim, the Claimant may appeal by filing with the Committee a written request for a full and fair review of the denial of the Claimant’s claim for benefits. Appeal requests under this Plan shall be made in writing, signed by the Claimant or his or her authorized representative, and must specify the basis of the Claimant’s complaint and the facts upon which he or she relies in making such appeal. An appeal request shall be deemed filed when received by the Administrative Committee.
     (d) The Administrative Committee shall render a decision on the claim appeal promptly, but not later than sixty (60) days after the receipt of the Claimant’s request for review, unless special circumstances (such as the need to hold a hearing, if necessary), require an extension of time for processing, in which case the sixty (60) day period may be extended to one hundred twenty (120) days. The Administrative Committee shall notify the Claimant in writing of any such extension. The decision upon review shall be written in a manner reasonably calculated to be understood by the Claimant, and shall contain (i) the specific reason or reasons for denial of the claim; (ii) a specific reference to the pertinent Plan provisions upon which the denial is based; (iii) a statement that the Claimant shall be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claim for benefits; and (iv) a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring an action under Section 502(a) of ERISA, if the adverse benefit determination is sustained on appeal.
     (e) No lawsuit by a Claimant may be filed prior to exhausting the Plan’s administrative appeal process. Any lawsuit must be filed no later than the earlier of one year after the Claimant’s claim for benefit was denied or the date the cause of action first arose.
ARTICLE IX
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN
     9.01 Amendment. The Compensation Committee may amend the Plan at any time in whole or in part, provided, however, that no amendment shall be effective to decrease the balance in any Account as accrued at the time of such amendment. All participating companies delegate the power of amendment to the Compensation Committee.
     9.02 Company’s Right to Terminate. The Compensation Committee may terminate the Plan (or, where allowed by Section 409A of the Code, a portion of the Plan) and accelerate any payments due (or that may become due) under the Plan under the following circumstances:
     (a) Section 409A Change of Control. The Plan termination occurs pursuant to an irrevocable action of the Compensation Committee that is taken within the

16


 

thirty (30) days preceding or the twelve (12) months following a Section 409A Change of Control, and all other plans sponsored by the Company that are required to be aggregated with this Plan under Section 409A of the Code are also terminated with respect to each Participant therein who was employed by the Company that underwent the Section 409A Change of Control (“Change of Control Participant”). In the event of such a termination, the Accounts of each Change of Control Participant shall become vested and the Accounts, together with amounts due to each Change of Control Participant under all aggregated plans, shall be paid at the time and pursuant to the schedule specified by the Compensation Committee, so long as all payments are required to be made no later than twelve (12) months after the date that the Compensation Committee or its Designee irrevocably approves the termination.
     (b) Company’s Discretion(c) . In the discretion of the Compensation Committee, provided that: (i) all arrangements sponsored by the Company that would be aggregated with the Agreement under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(c) if the same employee participated in all of the arrangements are terminated; (ii) no payments other than payments that would be payable under the terms of the arrangements if the termination had not occurred are made within 12 months of the termination of the arrangements; (iii) all payments are made within 24 months of the termination of the arrangements; and (iv) the Company does not adopt a new arrangement that under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(c) that would be aggregated with the Agreement if the same service provider participated in both arrangements, at any time within three years following the date of termination of the Agreement.
     (c) Dissolution or Bankruptcy Court Order. Within 12 months of a corporate dissolution of the Company taxed under Section 331 of the Code, or with the approval of a bankruptcy court pursuant to 11 U.S.C. Section 503(b)(1)(A), provided that the amounts deferred under the Plan are included in the Participant’s gross income in the latest of (i) the calendar year in which the termination occurs, (ii) the calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture or (iii) the first calendar year in which the payment is administratively practicable.
     (d) Other. Due to such other events and conditions as the Commissioner of the IRS may prescribe in generally applicable guidance published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin.
ARTICLE X
MISCELLANEOUS
     10.01 Unfunded Plan. This Plan is intended to be an unfunded plan maintained primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees, within the meaning of Sections 201, 301 and 401 of ERISA. All payments pursuant to the Plan shall be made from the general funds of the Company and no special or separate fund shall be established or other segregation of assets made to assure payment. No Participant or other person shall have under any circumstances any interest in any particular property or assets of the Company as a result of participating in the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may (but shall not be obligated to) create one or

17


 

more grantor trusts, the assets of which are subject to the claims of the Company’s creditors, to assist it in accumulating funds to pay its obligations under the Plan. The Administrative Committee shall have the authority to establish such a trust, which shall be approved by the Administrative Committee and executed by an executive officer of Superior. Participants shall have no right to compel the investment of any amounts deposited in any such trust(s).
     10.02 Nonassignability. Except as specifically set forth in the Plan with respect to the designation of Beneficiaries, neither a Participant nor any other person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate or convey in advance of actual receipt the amounts, if any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof, which are, and all rights to which are, expressly declared to be unassignable and non-transferable. No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance owed by a Participant or any other person, nor be transferable by operation of law in the event of a Participant’s or any other person’s bankruptcy or insolvency.
     10.03 Validity and Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Plan shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Plan, which shall remain in full force and effect, and any prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
     10.04 Governing Law. The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Plan shall in all respects be governed by the laws of the State of Louisiana, without reference to principles of conflict of law, except to the extent preempted by federal law. If any provision of the Plan is capable of being interpreted in more than one manner, to the extent feasible, the provision shall be interpreted in a manner that does not result in an excise tax under Code Section 409A.
     10.05 Employment Status. This Plan does not constitute a contract of employment or impose on the Participant or the Company any obligation for the Participant to remain an employee of the Company or change the status of the Participant’s employment or the policies of the Company and its affiliates regarding Separation from Service.
     10.06 Underlying Plans and Programs. Nothing in this Plan shall prevent the Company from modifying, amending or terminating the compensation or the plans and programs pursuant to which cash awards are earned and which result in contributions under this Plan.

18


 

Exhibit 10.27 Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
     IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Plan is hereby executed on the 30th day of December, 2008, effective January 1, 2008.
           
WITNESSES     SUPERIOR ENERGY SERVICES, INC.
 
         
 /s/ Danna Allo
    By:    /s/ Danny R. Young
 
         
 
         
 /s/ Greg Rosenstein
    Title:     Executive Vice President
 
         

19


 

APPENDIX A
ADMINISTRATIVE COMMITTEE
The members of the Plan’s Administrative Committee are as follows:
Donna Cummins
Wayne Robertson
Greg Rosenstein
Robert Taylor
Danny Young

A-1


 

APPENDIX B
ADDITIONAL PARTICIPANTS
Greg Rosenstein (effective January 1, 2008)

B-1


 

APPENDIX C
DISCRETIONARY CONTRIBUTIONS
CEO Contribution.
     In addition to the amounts credited to his Account in accordance with Section 4.01, Terence E. Hall shall receive an additional fully vested contribution to his Account in the amount of $10 million, to be credited as of the later of the date that Mr. Hall attains age 65 or experiences a Separation from Service. Such CEO Contribution shall also be credited in the event of, and as of the date of, Mr. Hall’s death or Disability, or in the event of a Change of Control.
     Mr. Hall’s CEO Contribution, Retirement Contributions, and all Account(s) in his name under the Plan shall be paid in five (5) annual installments. Such installments shall commence upon the later to occur of Mr. Hall’s Separation from Service or attainment of age 65, provided that if the installments commence due to Separation from Service, the installments shall not commence until the first business day of the seventh month following such Separation from Service. Mr. Hall’s Separation from Service shall be deemed to occur if he experiences a more than 50% permanent reduction in the level of services that he provides to the Company (compared to the preceding 36 months), in accordance with the election set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)(1)(ii). Notwithstanding this paragraph, timing of payments may differ in the event of death (governed by Section 7.06) or in the event of a permissible acceleration or delay of payment (governed by Sections 7.07 and 7.08 respectively).

C-1

exv21w1
EXHIBIT 21.1
SUPERIOR ENERGY SERVICES, INC.
List of Subsidiaries
     Pursuant to Item 601(b)(21)(ii) of Regulation S-K, the names of other subsidiaries of Superior Energy Services, Inc. are omitted because, considered in the aggregate, they would not constitute a significant subsidiary as of the end of the year covered by this report.
     
    STATE OF JURISDICTION
    OF INCORPORATION OR
NAME   ORGANIZATION
 
   
1105 Peters Road, L.L.C.
  Louisiana
Balance Point Group, B.V.
  Netherlands
Blowout Tools, Inc.
  Texas
H.B. Rentals, UK, Ltd.
  United Kingdom
H.B. Rentals, L.C.
  Louisiana
International Snubbing Services, L.L.C.
  Louisiana
Premier Oilfield Rentals Limited
  Scotland
SESI, L.L.C.
  Delaware
Stabil Drill Specialties, L.L.C.
  Louisiana
Sub-Surface Tools, L.L.C.
  Louisiana
Superior Energy Services, L.L.C.
  Louisiana
Warrior Energy Services Corporation
  Delaware
Wild Well Control, Inc.
  Texas
Workstrings, L.L.C.
  Louisiana

 

exv23w1
Exhibit 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors
Superior Energy Services, Inc.:
We consent to incorporation by reference in Registration Statements No. 333-12175, No. 333-43421, No. 333-33758, No. 333-101211, No. 333-125316, No. 333-144394, No. 333-146237 on Form S-8 of Superior Energy Services, Inc. of our reports dated February 27, 2009, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Superior Energy Services, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008, the related consolidated financial statement schedule, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, which reports appear in the December 31, 2008 annual report on Form 10-K of Superior Energy Services, Inc.
         
     
/s/ KPMG LLP      
New Orleans, Louisiana     
  February 27, 2009 

 

exv23w2
EXHIBIT 23.2
DEGOLYER AND MACNAUGHTON
5001 Spring Valley Road
Suite 800 East
Dallas, Texas 75244
February 27, 2009
Superior Energy Services, Inc.
601 Poydras St. Suite 2400
New Orleans, LA 70130
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     We hereby consent to the reference to DeGolyer and MacNaughton and to the incorporation of the estimates contained in our “Appraisal Report as of December 31, 2007 on Certain Properties owned by SPN Resources, LLC” (our Report) in the “Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements” portion of the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Superior Energy Services, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2008. SPN Resources, LLC was a wholly owned subsidiary of Superior Energy Services, Inc. In addition, we hereby consent to the incorporation by reference of references to DeGolyer and MacNaughton and to our Report in Superior Energy Services, Inc.’s Registration Statements on Form S-3 (Registration Nos. 333-142532), and on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-125316, 333-116078, 333-101211, 333-33758, 333-43421, 333-12175, 333-136809, 333-146237 and 333-144394).
         
  Very truly yours,
 
 
  /s/ DeGOLYER and MacNAUGHTON    
     
     
 

exv31w1
         
EXHIBIT 31.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED
     I, Terence E. Hall, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Superior Energy Services, Inc., certify that:
1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Superior Energy Services, Inc.;
 
2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: February 27, 2009
         
     
  /s/ Terence E. Hall    
  Terence E. Hall   
  Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
Superior Energy Services, Inc 
 

 

exv31w2
         
EXHIBIT 31.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED
     I, Robert S. Taylor, Executive Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer of Superior Energy Services, Inc., certify that:
1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Superior Energy Services, Inc.;
 
2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: February 27, 2009
         
     
  /s/ Robert S. Taylor    
  Robert S. Taylor   
  Executive Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer
Superior Energy Services, Inc. 
 

 

exv32w1
         
EXHIBIT 32.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
SECTION 1350 OF TITLE 18 OF THE U.S. CODE
I, Terence E. Hall, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Superior Energy Services, Inc. (the “Company”), certify, pursuant to Section 1350 of Title 18 of the U.S. Code, adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Section 906”), that:
1.   the annual report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2008 (the “Report”), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
2.   the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
This certificate is being furnished solely for purposes of Section 906 and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.
Date: February 27, 2009
         
     
  /s/ Terence E. Hall    
  Terence E. Hall   
  Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
Superior Energy Services, Inc. 
 
 
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 

exv32w2
EXHIBIT 32.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
SECTION 1350 OF TITLE 18 OF THE U.S. CODE
I, Robert S. Taylor, Executive Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer of Superior Energy Services, Inc. (the “Company”), certify, pursuant to Section 1350 of Title 18 of the U.S. Code, adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Section 906”), that:
1.   the annual report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2008 (the “Report”), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
2.   the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
This certificate is being furnished solely for purposes of Section 906 and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.
Date: February 27, 2009
         
     
  /s/ Robert S. Taylor    
  Robert S. Taylor   
  Executive Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer
Superior Energy Services, Inc. 
 
 
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.